Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11758

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

       

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

   1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive
offices, including zip code)

   36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

   (212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer  x   Accelerated Filer  ¨
Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨   Smaller reporting company  ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of April 30, 2010, there were 1,397,819,191 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.


Table of Contents

LOGO

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the quarter ended March 31, 2010

 

Table of Contents        Page

Part I—Financial Information

 

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements (unaudited)

  1
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

  1
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

  3
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

  4
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

  5
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009

  6
  Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)   8
 

Note 1.       Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  8
 

Note 2.      Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC

  16
 

Note 3.      Fair Value Disclosures

  18
 

Note 4.      Securities Available for Sale

  36
 

Note 5.      Collateralized Transactions

  36
 

Note 6.      Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

  38
 

Note 7.      Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets

  48
 

Note 8.      Long-Term Borrowings

  49
 

Note 9.      Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

  50
 

Note 10.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

  57
 

Note 11.    Regulatory Requirements

  62
 

Note 12.    Total Equity

  64
 

Note 13.    Earnings per Common Share

  65
 

Note 14.    Interest Income and Interest Expense

  66
 

Note 15.    Employee Benefit Plans

  67
 

Note 16.    Income Taxes

  67
 

Note 17.    Segment and Geographic Information

  68
 

Note 18.    Discontinued Operations

  70
 

Note 19.    Subsequent Events

  71
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   72

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  73
 

Introduction

  73
 

Executive Summary

  75
 

Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations

  82
 

Business Segments

  85
 

Accounting Developments

  95
 

Other Matters

  96
 

Critical Accounting Policies

  98
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  103

Item 3.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   114
  Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)   125

 

  i   LOGO


Table of Contents
            Page

Part II—Other Information

  

Item 1.

   Legal Proceedings    128

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    128

Item 2.

   Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds    129

Item 6.

   Exhibits    129

 

LOGO   ii  


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

Morgan Stanley’s internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’s Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’s corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

 

   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

   

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

   

Charters for its Audit Committee; Internal Audit Subcommittee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Risk Committee;

 

   

Corporate Governance Policies;

 

   

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

 

   

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

 

   

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions;

 

   

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

 

   

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

 

   

Code of Conduct; and

 

   

Integrity Hotline information.

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Finance Director and Controller. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

  iii   LOGO


Table of Contents

Part I—Financial Information.

 

Item 1. Financial Statements.

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

    March 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $ 5,979   $ 6,988

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    29,499     25,003

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

    22,367     23,712

Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $128 billion at March 31, 2010 and $101 billion at December 31, 2009 were pledged to various parties):

   

U.S. government and agency securities

    69,274     62,215

Other sovereign government obligations

    31,341     25,445

Corporate and other debt ($5,809 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    90,192     90,454

Corporate equities

    67,591     57,968

Derivative and other contracts

    47,906     49,081

Investments ($1,102 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    9,482     9,286

Physical commodities

    4,898     5,329
           

Total financial instruments owned, at fair value

    320,684     299,778

Securities available for sale

    18,637     —  

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

    16,891     13,656

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    138,633     143,208

Securities borrowed

    181,055     167,501

Receivables:

   

Customers

    25,949     27,594

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    6,575     5,719

Fees, interest and other

    9,768     11,164

Loans

    7,484     7,259

Other investments

    3,901     3,752

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,915 at March 31, 2010 and $3,734 at December 31, 2009) ($388 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    6,047     7,067

Goodwill

    7,169     7,162

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $365 at March 31, 2010 and $275 at December 31, 2009) (includes $175 and $137 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

    4,998     5,054

Other assets ($398 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

    14,083     16,845
           

Total assets

  $ 819,719   $ 771,462
           

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   1  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION—(CONTINUED)

(dollars in millions, except share data)

(unaudited)

 

    March 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Liabilities and Equity

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,520 and $791 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

  $ 3,323      $ 2,378   

Deposits (includes $4,789 and $4,967 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

    63,926        62,215   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

   

U.S. government and agency securities

    26,220        20,503   

Other sovereign government obligations

    22,754        18,244   

Corporate and other debt

    9,643        7,826   

Corporate equities

    29,409        22,601   

Derivative and other contracts

    37,777        38,209   

Physical commodities

    39        —     
               

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

    125,842        107,383   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

    16,891        13,656   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    174,591        159,401   

Securities loaned

    31,372        26,246   

Other secured financings, at fair value ($4,883 at March 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

    9,560        8,102   

Payables:

   

Customers

    121,025        117,058   

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    12,121        5,423   

Interest

    2,729        2,597   

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

    13,957        20,849   

Long-term borrowings (includes $38,373 and $37,610 at fair value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

    189,203        193,374   
               
    764,540        718,682   
               

Commitments and contingencies

   

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

    9,597        9,597   

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009;

   

Shares issued: 1,487,850,163 at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,398,469,576 at March 31, 2010 and 1,360,595,214 at December 31, 2009

    15        15   

Paid-in capital

    6,750        8,619   

Retained earnings

    36,539        35,056   

Employee stock trust

    3,772        4,064   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (559     (560

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 89,380,587 shares at March 31, 2010 and 127,254,949 shares at December 31, 2009

    (4,078     (6,039

Common stock issued to employee trust

    (3,772     (4,064
               

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

    48,264        46,688   

Non-controlling interests

    6,915        6,092   
               

Total equity

    55,179        52,780   
               

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 819,719      $ 771,462   
               

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  2   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2009  

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

   $ 1,060      $ 873   

Principal transactions:

    

Trading

     3,751        1,355   

Investments

     369        (1,150

Commissions

     1,261        770   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     1,963        866   

Other

     293        247   
                

Total non-interest revenues

     8,697        2,961   
                

Interest income

     1,748        2,245   

Interest expense

     1,367        2,309   
                

Net interest

     381        (64
                

Net revenues

     9,078        2,897   
                

Non-interest expenses:

    

Compensation and benefits

     4,418        1,978   

Occupancy and equipment

     392        337   

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

     348        248   

Information processing and communications

     395        282   

Marketing and business development

     134        110   

Professional services

     395        303   

Other

     480        269   
                

Total non-interest expenses

     6,562        3,527   
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,516        (630

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     436        (595
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     2,080        (35
                

Discontinued operations:

    

Loss from discontinued operations

     (100     (255

Benefit from income taxes

     (31     (100
                

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (69     (155
                

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,011      $ (190

Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests

     235        (13
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,776      $ (177
                

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,411      $ (578
                

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1,845      $ (17

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (69     (160
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,776      $ (177
                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.12      $ (0.41

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (0.05     (0.16
                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

   $ 1.07      $ (0.57
                

Earnings (loss) diluted common share:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.03      $ (0.41

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (0.04     (0.16
                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

   $ 0.99      $ (0.57
                

Average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     1,314,608,020        1,011,741,210   
                

Diluted

     1,626,207,327        1,011,741,210   
                

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   3  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(dollars in millions)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2010             2009      
     (unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,011      $ (190

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

     14        (59

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

     3        3   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on Securities available for sale(3)

     (20     —     

Pension and postretirement related adjustments(4)

     4        5   
                

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 2,012      $ (241

Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests

     235        (13

Other comprehensive (loss) income applicable to non-controlling interests

     (12     —     
                

Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,789      $ (228
                

 

(1) Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $89 million and $31 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(2) Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $2 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(3) Amount is net of benefit from income taxes of $14 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
(4) Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $2 million and $3 million for quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  4   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in millions)

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2010             2009    
     (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,011      $ (190

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Compensation payable in common stock and options

     370        204   

Depreciation and amortization

     154        155   

Loss on business dispositions

     932        19   

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

     —          (233

Impairment charges and other-than-temporary impairment charges

     10        278   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     1,345        945   

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

     (5,073     1,711   

Securities borrowed

     (13,554     (4,537

Securities loaned

     5,126        4,526   

Receivables, loans and other assets

     4,521        2,771   

Payables and other liabilities

     5,487        (17,767

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     4,575        2,169   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     15,190        (22,572
                

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     21,094        (32,521
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Net (payments for) proceeds from:

    

Premises, equipment and software costs

     (138     (1,127

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

     —          (8

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (18,674     —     
                

Net cash used for investing activities

     (18,812     (1,135
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Short-term borrowings

     945        (6,691

Derivatives financing activities

     (39     (53

Other secured financings

     1,458        (2,024

Deposits

     1,711        8,567   

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

     2        10   

Net proceeds from:

    

Issuance of common stock

     1        19   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

     7,755        19,433   

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

     (9,693     (14,414

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

     (262     (14

Cash dividends

     (293     (645
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,585        4,188   
                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (380     (661
                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,487        (30,129

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

     31,991        78,670   
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 35,478      $ 48,541   
                

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,979      $ 8,019   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     29,499        40,522   
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 35,478      $ 48,541   
                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $1,178 million and $2,856 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $169 million and $97 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   5  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trust
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

  $ 9,597   $ 15   $ 8,619      $ 35,056      $ 4,064      $ (560   $ (6,039   $ (4,064   $ 6,092      $ 52,780   

Net income

    —       —       —          1,776        —          —          —          —          235        2,011   

Dividends

    —       —       —          (293     —          —          —          —          —          (293

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

    —       —       (1,869     —          (292     —          2,223        292        —          354   

Repurchases of common stock

    —       —       —          —          —          —          (262     —          —          (262

Net change in cash flow hedges

    —       —       —          —          —          3        —          —          —          3   

Pension and postretirement adjustments

    —       —       —          —          —          4        —          —          —          4   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —       —       —          —          —          14        —          —          (12     2   

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

    —       —       —          —          —          (20     —          —          —          (20

Increases for issuances of shares by a subsidiary of the Company

    —       —       —          —          —          —          —          —          51        51   

Increases for the sale of a subsidiary’s shares by the Company

    —       —       —          —          —          —          —          —          25        25   

Increase in non-controlling interests related to the consolidation of certain real estate partnerships sponsored by the Company

    —       —       —          —          —          —          —          —          468        468   

Decrease in non-controlling interests related to dividends of non-controlling interests

    —       —       —          —          —          —          —          —          (7     (7

Other increases in non-controlling interests

    —       —       —          —          —          —          —          —          63        63   
                                                                           

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2010

  $ 9,597   $ 15   $ 6,750      $ 36,539      $ 3,772      $ (559   $ (4,078   $ (3,772   $ 6,915      $ 55,179   
                                                                           

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  6   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY—(Continued)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2009

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

    Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trust
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
    Non-
controlling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008

  $ 19,168   $ 12   $ 459      $ 36,154      $ 4,312      $ (420   $ (6,620   $ (4,312   $ 703      $ 49,456   

Net loss

    —       —       —          (177     —          —          —          —          (13     (190

Dividends

    —       —       —          (360     —          —          —          —          (5     (365

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

    —       —       (30     —          (145     —          401        145        —          371   

Repurchases of common stock

    —       —       —          —          —          —          (14     —          —          (14

Preferred stock accretion

    40     —         (40     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net change in cash flow hedges

    —       —       —          —          —          3        —          —          —          3   

Pension and postretirement adjustments

    —       —       —          —          —          5        —          —          —          5   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —       —       —          —          —          (59     —          —          —          (59
                                                                           

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2009

  $ 19,208   $ 12   $ 429      $ 35,577      $ 4,167      $ (471   $ (6,233   $ (4,167   $ 685      $ 49,207   
                                                                           

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   7  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The Company.    Morgan Stanley (or the “Company”), a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”) (see Note 2), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.

Discontinued Operations.

Revel Entertainment Group, LLC.    On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Total assets of Revel included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2010 approximated $240 million. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with such planned disposition.

Retail Asset Management Business.    On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell substantially all of its retail asset management business (“Retail Asset Management”), including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”), to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”). This transaction allows the Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds and central banks, among others.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. The Company will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals. Total assets of Retail Asset Management included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2010 approximated $950 million. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

MSCI Inc.    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations through the date of sale and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

  8   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Crescent.    Discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 include operating results related to Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.

Discover.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”) to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. The payment was recorded as a gain in discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

See Note 18 for additional information on discontinued operations.

Basis of Financial Information.    The condensed consolidated financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill, tax matters and other matters that affect the condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Form 10-K”). The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the results for the interim period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

Consolidation.    The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”) (see Note 6). The Company adopted accounting guidance for non-controlling interests on January 1, 2009. Accordingly, for consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as non-controlling interests. The portion of net income attributable to non-controlling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statements of income, and the portion of the shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries is presented as Non-controlling interests in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and condensed consolidated statements of changes in total equity.

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks of the entity and have the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as VIEs, the Company consolidates those entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary when it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits, in either case that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as an investment company. For such entities, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

 

LOGO   9  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Notwithstanding the above, under accounting guidance prior to January 1, 2010, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”), were not consolidated by the Company if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they could hold and the range of discretion they could exercise in connection with the assets they held. These entities are now subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs.

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Principal transactions—Investments (see Note 3).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc.

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the condensed consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Company’s conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

Revenue Recognition.

Investment Banking.    Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenue. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.

Commissions.    The Company generates commissions from executing and clearing customer transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commission revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.

 

  10   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactions—investment revenues or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement.

Principal Transactions.    See “Financial Instruments and Fair Value” below for principal transactions revenue recognition discussions.

Financial Instruments and Fair Value.

A significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Company’s policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    All of the instruments within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting guidance. These financial instruments primarily represent the Company’s trading and investment activities and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, certain debt securities classified as Securities available for sale are measured at fair value in accordance with accounting guidance for certain investments in debt and equity securities. Furthermore, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting guidance. Additionally, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), certain Deposits, Other secured financings and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.

Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactions—Trading revenues, Principal transactions—Investment revenues or Investment banking revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income, except for Securities available for sale (see “Securities Available for Sale” section herein and Note 4) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 9). Interest income and expense are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is included within Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending on the business activity. The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”) financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets fair value of cash collateral paid or received against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.

Fair Value Option.    The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a

 

LOGO   11  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including certain loans and lending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain structured notes, certain junior subordinated debentures, certain time deposits and certain other secured financings.

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.    Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

 

   

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

 

   

Level 2—Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

   

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.

The Company considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 (see Note 3). In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Valuation Techniques.    Many cash and OTC contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the

 

  12   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

Fair value for many cash and OTC contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, option volatility and currency rates. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality and model uncertainty. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model derived mid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions. The Company applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Company considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads when measuring fair value for short-term and long-term borrowings. For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Company’s and the counterparty’s credit standing is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Company simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party credit default swap (“CDS”) spread data. Where CDS spread data is unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that references a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Company also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate the Company’s exposure to each counterparty. Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

See Note 3 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.    Certain of the Company’s assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs, by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 3.

 

LOGO   13  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management. These derivative financial instruments are included within Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges), and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For purposes of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

Repurchase and Securities Lending Transactions

Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are generally treated as collateralized financings. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently sold or repurchased, plus accrued interest. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Where appropriate, transactions with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis.

Securitization Activities.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 6). Generally, such transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based upon their respective fair values at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as secured financings (“failed sales”).

Earnings per Common Share.

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends, amortization and the acceleration of discounts on preferred stock issued and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

 

  14   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Effective October 13, 2008, as a result of an adjustment to Equity Units sold to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation Ltd. (“CIC”), the Company calculates EPS in accordance with the accounting guidance for determining EPS for participating securities. The accounting guidance for participating securities and the two-class method of calculating EPS addresses the computation of EPS by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company along with common shareholders according to a predetermined formula. The two-class method requires the Company to present EPS as if all of the earnings for the period are distributed to Morgan Stanley common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. The amount allocated to the participating securities is based upon the contractual terms of their respective contract and is reflected as a reduction to “Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders” for both the Company’s basic and diluted EPS calculations (see Note 13). The two-class method does not impact the Company’s actual net income applicable to Morgan Stanley or other financial results. Unless contractually required by the terms of the participating securities, no losses are allocated to participating securities for purposes of the EPS calculation under the two-class method.

Under current accounting guidance, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. Share-based payment awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements.

Deferred Compensation Plans.    The Company maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactions—Investments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.

Employee Loans.

At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $5.8 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively, of loans outstanding primarily to certain MSSB employees that are included in Receivables—Fees, interest and other on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition. These loans are full-recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 4 to 12 years.

Securities Available for Sale.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company established a portfolio of debt securities that are classified as securities available for sale (“AFS”). AFS securities are reported at fair value in the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), (net of tax). Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in

 

LOGO   15  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

interest income in the condensed consolidated statement of income. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities sale are reported in earnings (see Note 4). The Company utilizes the “first-in, first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

Other-than-temporary impairment.    The Company evaluates and accounts for impairment of securities in accordance with accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities. AFS securities in unrealized loss positions, resulting from the current fair value of a security being less than amortized cost, are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). OTTI is recognized in earnings if the Company has the intent to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis as of the reporting date. For those securities the Company does not expect to sell or expect to be required to sell, the Company must evaluate whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. Unrealized losses relating to factors other than credit are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

Accounting Developments.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.    In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued accounting guidance which changed the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities. The accounting guidance amended the accounting for transfers of financial assets and requires additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminated the concept of a QSPE and changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets.

The accounting guidance also amended the accounting for consolidation and changed how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. In February 2010, the FASB finalized a deferral of these accounting changes, effective January 1, 2010, for certain interests in investment companies or in entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies (the “Deferral”). The Company will continue to analyze consolidation under other existing authoritative guidance for entities subject to the Deferral. The adoption of the accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition.

2. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC.

Smith Barney.    On May 31, 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) consummated the combination of the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group and the businesses of Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter Holdings Ltd (“Quilter”) in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia (“Smith Barney”). In addition to the Company’s contribution of respective businesses to MSSB, the Company paid Citi $2,755 million in cash. The combined businesses operate as Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. Pursuant to the terms of the amended contribution agreement, dated at May 29, 2009, certain businesses of Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley will be contributed to MSSB subsequent to May 31, 2009 (the “delayed contribution businesses”). Morgan Stanley and contribution businesses until they are transferred to MSSB and gains and losses from such businesses will be allocated to the Company’s and Citi’s respective share of MSSB’s gains and losses. The Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49% of MSSB.

 

  16   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

At May 31, 2009, the Company included MSSB in its condensed consolidated financial statements. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K for further information on Smith Barney.

Citi Managed Futures.    Citi contributed its managed futures business and certain related proprietary trading positions to MSSB on July 31, 2009 (“Citi Managed Futures”). The Company paid Citi approximately $300 million in cash in connection with this transfer. At July 31, 2009, Citi Managed Futures was wholly-owned and consolidated by MSSB, of which the Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49%.

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K for further information on Citi Managed Futures.

Pro forma condensed combined financial information (unaudited).

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the results of operations of the Company as they may have appeared if the closing of MSSB and Citi Managed Futures had been completed on January 1, 2009 (dollars in millions, except share data).

 

     Three Months
Ended

March  31, 2009
 
     (unaudited)  

Net revenues

   $ 4,560   

Total non-interest expenses

     5,076   
        

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (516

Benefit from income taxes

     (574
        

Income from continuing operations

     58   

Discontinued operations:

  

Loss from discontinued operations

     (255

Benefit from income taxes

     (100
        

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (155
        

Net loss

     (97

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

     15   
        

Net loss applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ (112
        

Loss applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ (513
        

Loss per basic common share:

  

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (0.35

Loss on discontinued operations

     (0.16
        

Loss per basic common share

   $ (0.51
        

Loss per diluted common share:

  

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (0.35

Loss on discontinued operations

     (0.16
        

Loss per diluted common share

   $ (0.51
        

 

LOGO   17  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the actual financial results of the Company had the closing of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures been completed on January 1, 2009, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods. Included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 were pro forma adjustments to reflect the results of operations of both Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures as well as the impact of amortizing certain acquisition accounting adjustments such as amortizable intangible assets. The pro forma condensed financial information does not indicate the impact of possible business model changes nor does it consider any potential impacts of market conditions, expense efficiencies or other factors.

3. Fair Value Disclosures.

Fair Value Measurements.

A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follows.

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased

U.S. Government and Agency Securities

 

   

U.S. Treasury Securities.    U.S. treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. treasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities are comprised of two main categories consisting of agency issued debt and mortgage pass-throughs. Non-callable agency issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include mortgage pass-throughs and forward settling mortgage pools. The fair value of mortgage pass-throughs are model driven based on spreads of the comparable To-be-announced (“TBA”) security. Actively traded non-callable agency issued debt securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency issued debt securities and mortgage pass-throughs are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

 

   

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. To the extent quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate and Other Debt

 

   

State and Municipal Securities.    The fair value of state and municipal securities is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”), and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as

 

  18   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

vendors or brokers. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates. In evaluating the fair value of each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity among other factors. In addition for RMBS borrowers, FICO scores and the level of documentation for the loan are also considered. Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral compositions and cash flow structure of each deal. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, default and prepayments rates for each asset category. Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are also used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

Fair value for retained interests in securitized financial assets (in the form of one or more tranches of the securitization) is determined using observable prices or, in cases where observable prices are not available for certain retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS, including retained interests in these securitized financial assets, are categorized in Level 3 if external prices or spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”).    The Company holds cash CDOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single name credit default swaps. The collateral is usually ABS or other corporate bonds. Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of a cash CDO, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. The other model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable. CDOs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when the credit correlation input is insignificant. In instances where the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is estimated by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income. Corporate loans and lending commitments are

 

LOGO   19  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Mortgage Loans.    Mortgage loans are valued using prices based on transactional data for identical or comparable instruments. Where observable prices are not available, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types, or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Due to the subjectivity involved in comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, the majority of loans are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”).    The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”) with interest rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. ARS were historically traded and valued as floating rate notes, priced at par due to the auction mechanism. Beginning in fiscal 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, the fair value of ARS is determined using independent external market data where available and an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk in the current market environment.

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are the underlying collateral types, level of seniority in the capital structure, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls. MARS are generally categorized in Level 2 as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. The majority of SLARS are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Equities.

 

   

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities.    Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2.

Derivative and Other Contracts.

 

   

Listed Derivative Contracts.    Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

   

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques, and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity

 

  20   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related CDO securities, basket credit default swaps, CDO-squared positions (a CDO-squared is a special purpose vehicle that issues interests, or tranches, that are backed by tranches issued by other CDOs) and certain types of ABS credit default swaps where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative interests in complex mortgage-related CDOs and ABS credit default swaps, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.

Investments.

 

   

The Company’s investments include direct private equity investments and investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value.

After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of internally and externally managed funds, the Company considers the net asset value of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate

 

LOGO   21  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

of fair value. For direct private equity investments and privately held investments within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.

Investments in private equity and real estate funds are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments in hedge funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future, are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise they are categorized in Level 3.

Physical Commodities.

 

   

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Securities Available for Sale.

 

   

Securities available for sale primarily include U.S. government and agency securities. These securities are valued using quoted prices in active markets and, accordingly, are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 4).

Commercial Paper and Other Short-term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings.

 

   

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility, and currency, commodity or equity rates. Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are also considered. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits.

 

   

Time Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. See Note 1 for a discussion of the Company’s policies regarding this fair value hierarchy.

 

  22   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at March 31, 2010

 

    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
March 31, 2010
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets

         

Financial instruments owned:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 27,276      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 27,276   

U.S. agency securities

    11,105        30,892        1        —          41,998   
                                       

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    38,381        30,892        1        —          69,274   

Other sovereign government obligations

    25,186        6,075        80        —          31,341   

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

    —          4,637        398        —          5,035   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    —          3,466        625        —          4,091   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —          2,247        779        —          3,026   

Asset-backed securities

    —          2,729        149        —          2,878   

Corporate bonds

    —          39,677        1,145        —          40,822   

Collateralized debt obligations

    —          2,081        1,512        —          3,593   

Loans and lending commitments

    —          14,267        13,503        —          27,770   

Other debt

    —          1,056        1,921        —          2,977   
                                       

Total corporate and other debt

    —          70,160        20,032        —          90,192   

Corporate equities(1)

    62,328        4,727        536        —          67,591   

Derivatives and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    1,743        600,743        930        —          603,416   

Credit contracts

    —          105,339        19,815        —          125,154   

Foreign exchange rate contracts

    2        49,193        453        —          49,648   

Equity contracts

    2,725        33,945        587        —          37,257   

Commodity contracts

    6,778        65,397        1,729        —          73,904   

Other

    —          93        282        —          375   

Netting(2)

    (9,769     (752,856     (9,683     (69,540     (841,848
                                       

Total derivatives and other contracts

    1,479        101,854        14,113        (69,540     47,906   

Investments

    934        1,002        7,546        —          9,482   

Physical commodities

    —          4,898        —          —          4,898   
                                       

Total financial instruments owned

    128,308        219,608        42,308        (69,540     320,684   

Securities available for sale

    18,637        —          —          —          18,637   

Securities received as collateral

    16,011        880        —          —          16,891   

Intangible assets(3)

    —          —          175        —          175   

Liabilities

         

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ —        $ 1,220      $ 300     $ —        $ 1,520   

Deposits

    —          4,774        15        —          4,789   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

    23,636        1        —          —          23,637   

U.S. agency securities

    2,486        97        —          —          2,583   
                                       

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    26,122        98        —          —          26,220   

Other sovereign government obligations

    20,068        2,686        —          —          22,754   

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

    —          4        —          —          4   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —          69        —          —          69   

Asset-backed securities

    —          52        4        —          56   

Corporate bonds

    —          7,972        17        —          7,989   

Unfunded lending commitments

    —          343        213        —          556   

Other debt

    —          652        317        —          969   
                                       

Total corporate and other debt

    —          9,092        551        —          9,643   

Corporate equities(1)

    27,717        1,679        13        —          29,409   

Derivatives and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    1,689        572,678        546        —          574,913   

Credit contracts

    —          95,200        11,863        —          107,063   

Foreign exchange rate contracts

    3        50,399        247        —          50,649   

Equity contracts

    2,524        40,932        1,288        —          44,744   

Commodity contracts

    7,636        63,918        1,639        —          73,193   

Other

    —          390        861        —          1,251   

Netting(2)

    (9,769     (752,856     (9,683     (41,728     (814,036
                                       

Total derivative and other contracts

    2,083        70,661        6,761        (41,728     37,777   

Physical commodities

    —          39        —          —          39   
                                       

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

    75,990        84,255        7,325        (41,728     125,842   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

    16,011        880        —          —          16,891   

Other secured financings

    —          7,749        1,811        —          9,560   

Long-term borrowings

    —          31,645        6,728        —          38,373   

 

LOGO   23  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes, equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2) For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.
(3) Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 6 for further information on MSRs.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010.

Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts.    During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of derivative assets and approximately $1.5 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 1 as these listed derivatives became actively traded and were valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate equities.    During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.0 billion of certain Corporate equities from Level 2 to Level 1 as transactions in these securities occurred with sufficient frequency and volume to constitute an active market.

 

  24   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2009

 

    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2009
    (dollars in millions)

Assets

         

Financial instruments owned:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 15,394   $ —     $ —     $ —        $ 15,394

U.S. agency securities

    19,670     27,115     36     —          46,821
                               

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    35,064     27,115     36     —          62,215

Other sovereign government obligations

    21,080     4,362     3     —          25,445

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

    —       3,234     713     —          3,947

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    —       4,285     818     —          5,103

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —       2,930     1,573     —          4,503

Asset-backed securities

    —       4,797     591     —          5,388

Corporate bonds

    —       37,363     1,038     —          38,401

Collateralized debt obligations

    —       1,539     1,553     —          3,092

Loans and lending commitments

    —       13,759     12,506     —          26,265

Other debt

    —       2,093     1,662     —          3,755
                               

Total corporate and other debt

    —       70,000     20,454     —          90,454

Corporate equities(1)

    49,732     7,700     536     —          57,968

Derivatives and other contracts(2)

    2,310     102,466     14,549     (70,244     49,081

Investments

    743     930     7,613     —          9,286

Physical commodities

    —       5,329     —       —          5,329
                               

Total financial instruments owned

    108,929     217,902     43,191     (70,244     299,778

Securities received as collateral

    12,778     855     23     —          13,656

Intangible assets(3)

    —       —       137     —          137

Liabilities

         

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ —     $ 791   $ —     $ —        $ 791

Deposits

    —       4,943     24     —          4,967

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

    17,907     1     —       —          17,908

U.S. agency securities

    2,573     22     —       —          2,595
                               

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    20,480     23     —       —          20,503

Other sovereign government obligations

    16,747     1,497     —       —          18,244

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

    —       9     —       —          9

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —       8     —       —          8

Asset-backed securities

    —       63     4     —          67

Corporate bonds

    —       5,812     29     —          5,841

Collateralized debt obligations

    —       —       3     —          3

Unfunded lending commitments

    —       732     252     —          984

Other debt

    —       483     431     —          914
                               

Total corporate and other debt

    —       7,107     719     —          7,826

Corporate equities(1)

    18,125     4,472     4     —          22,601

Derivative and other contracts(2)

    3,383     67,847     6,203     (39,224     38,209
                               

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

    58,735     80,946     6,926     (39,224     107,383

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

    12,778     855     23     —          13,656

Other secured financings

    —       6,570     1,532     —          8,102

Long-term borrowings

    —       30,745     6,865     —          37,610

 

LOGO   25  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes, equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2) For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.
(3) Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 6 for further information on MSRs.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories. Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.

 

  26   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2009
    Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
    Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
    Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2010
    Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
March 31,
2010(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Financial instruments owned:

           

U.S. agency securities

  $ 36      $ —        $ (35   $ —        $ 1      $ —     

Other sovereign government obligations

    3        2        76        (1     80        1  

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

    713        (18     (297     —          398        1   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    818        24        (220     3        625        19   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    1,573        109        (860     (43     779        42   

Asset-backed securities

    591        1        (440     (3     149        10   

Corporate bonds

    1,038        (55     128        34        1,145        (48

Collateralized debt obligations

    1,553        133        (171     (3     1,512        121   

Loans and lending commitments

    12,506        155        572        270        13,503        143   

Other debt

    1,662        252        8        (1     1,921        244   
                                               

Total corporate and other debt

    20,454        601        (1,280     257        20,032        532   

Corporate equities

    536        70        (7     (63     536        56   

Net derivatives and other contracts:

           

Interest rate contracts

    387        9        7        (19     384        1   

Credit contracts

    8,824        (434     96        (534     7,952        (352

Foreign exchange rate contracts

    254        (285     201        36        206        (308

Equity contracts

    (689     (96     58        26        (701     (88

Commodity contracts

    7        (25     108        —          90        83   

Other

    (437     (147     4        1        (579     (113
                                               

Total net derivative and other contracts(3)

    8,346        (978     474        (490     7,352        (777

Investments

    7,613        56        19        (142     7,546        50   

Securities received as collateral

    23        —          (23     —          —          —     

Intangible assets

    137        38        —          —          175        30   

Liabilities

           

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ —        $ —        $ 300      $ —        $ 300      $ —     

Deposits

    24        1        —          (8     15        1   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

           

Corporate and other debt:

           

Asset-backed securities

    4        —          —          —          4        —     

Corporate bonds

    29        (42     (79     25        17        (36

Collateralized debt obligations

    3        —          (3     —          —          —     

Unfunded lending commitments

    252        (32     (71     —          213        (29

Other debt

    431        25        (76     (13     317        24   
                                               

Total corporate and other debt

    719        (49     (229     12        551        (41

Corporate equities

    4        (1     5        3        13        —     

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

    23        —          (23     —          —          —     

Other secured financings

    1,532        (104     175        —          1,811        (104

Long-term borrowings

    6,865        5        45        (177     6,728        5   

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $56 million related to Financial instruments owned—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.

 

LOGO   27  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2010.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on Derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.    During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $0.6 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily corporate loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs became unobservable.

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of bespoke basket credit default swaps.

 

  28   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2009

 

     Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2008
   Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains or
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
    Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
    Ending
Balance at
March 31,
2009
   Unrealized
Gains

(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
March 31,
2009(2)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

              

Financial instruments owned:

              

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 127    $ (1   $ (86   $ (23   $ 17    $ —     

Other sovereign government obligations

     1      (1     (1     3        2      (2

Corporate and other debt

     34,918      (3,314     226        (342     31,488      (3,501

Corporate equities

     976      (95     (231     296        946      (95

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

     23,382      2,363        250        (9,474     16,521      3,132   

Investments

     9,698      (1,319     510        (55     8,834      (1,269

Securities received as collateral

     30      —          (27     —          3      —     

Intangible assets

     184      (25     —          —          159      (25

Liabilities

              

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

              

Corporate and other debt

   $ 3,808    $ (20   $ 647      $ (2,525   $ 1,950    $ (47

Corporate equities

     27      20        44        23        74      4   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     30      —          (27     —          3      —     

Other secured financings

     6,148      1,053        (542     (289     4,264      1,053   

Long-term borrowings

     5,473      (129     83        (14     5,671      (129

 

(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading in the condensed consolidated statements of income except for $(1,319) million related to Financial instruments owned—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.
(2) Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at March 31, 2009.
(3) Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 9.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.    The net losses in Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain corporate loans and lending commitments, certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and certain commercial whole loans.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $2.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to asset-backed securities and certain corporate loans. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be

 

LOGO   29  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $2.7 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to commercial mortgage-backed securities, subprime CDO and other subprime ABS securities. Their fair value was highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market and, due to market deterioration, unobservable inputs were no longer deemed significant. In addition, certain corporate loans were reclassified as more liquidity re-entered the market and external prices and spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net gains in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name credit default swaps.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $9.6 billion of certain Derivatives and other contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications of certain Derivatives and other contracts were related to single name mortgage-related credit default swaps and credit default swaps on certain classes of CDOs. The primary reason for the reclassifications is that, due to market deterioration, unobservable inputs, such as correlation, for these derivative contracts were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement. In addition, certain corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps were reclassified due to increased availability of transaction data, broker quotes and/or consensus pricing.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Corporate and other debt.    During the quarter, the Company reclassified approximately $2.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to contracts referencing commercial mortgage-backed securities, subprime CDO and other subprime ABS securities. Their fair value was highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market and, due to market deterioration, unobservable inputs were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement.

Other secured financings.    The net gains in Other secured financings were primarily due to net gains on liabilities resulting from securitizations recognized on balance sheet. These net gains are offset by net losses in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.

 

  30   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Investments that Calculate Net Asset Value.

The following table presents information about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on net asset value at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

     At March 31, 2010    At December 31, 2009
     Fair Value    Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value    Unfunded
Commitment
     (dollars in millions)

Private equity funds

   $ 1,814    $ 1,171    $ 1,728    $ 1,251

Real estate funds

     930      547      823      674

Hedge funds(1):

           

Long-short equity hedge funds

     1,137      —        1,597      —  

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

     403      —        407      —  

Event-driven hedge funds

     149      —        146      —  

Multi-strategy hedge funds

     188      —        235      —  
                           

Total

   $ 4,621    $ 1,718    $ 4,936    $ 1,925
                           

 

(1) Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds, and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a quarterly basis with a notice period of ninety days or less. At March 31, 2010, approximately 48% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 19% is redeemable every six months and 33% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. At December 31, 2009, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 15% is redeemable every six months and 49% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds is primarily ninety days or less.

Private Equity Funds.    Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments, and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At March 31, 2010, it is estimated that 30% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 30% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to ten years and the remaining 40% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than ten years.

Real Estate Funds.    Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments, or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At March 31, 2010, it is estimated that 21% of fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 29% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to ten years and the remaining 50% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than ten years.

Hedge Funds.    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision which provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

   

Long-short Equity Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell

 

LOGO   31  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 38% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 41% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions ranged from one to three years at March 31, 2010. The remaining restriction period for the other 59% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions was estimated to be greater than three years at March 31, 2010. Investments representing approximately 33% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for 86% of investments subject to an exit restriction is expected to be less than a year at March 31, 2010.

 

   

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or over-valued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. At March 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 85% of the fair value of the investments in fixed income/credit-related hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was two years or less at March 31, 2010.

 

   

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations, or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired, and the sale of stock in its acquirer, hoping to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At March 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 98% of the value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was two years or less at March 31, 2010.

 

   

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At March 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 61% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 58% of investments subject to lock-ups was two years or less at March 31, 2010. The remaining restriction period for the other 42% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions was estimated to be greater than three years at March 31, 2010.

 

  32   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Option.

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis. The following tables present net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

     Principal
Transactions-
Trading
    Interest
Expense
    (Losses) Gains
Included in
Net Revenues
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Three months ended March 31, 2010

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ 13      $ —        $ 13   

Deposits

     (25     (47     (72

Long-term borrowings

     (366     (202     (568

Three months ended March 31, 2009

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ 84      $ —        $ 84   

Deposits

     (87     (92     (179

Long-term borrowings

     (1,405     (224     (1,629

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 1, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option, or as required by other accounting guidance.

The following tables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument Specific Credit Spreads

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2010         2009    
     (dollars in millions)  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 53      $ (1,636

Loans(2)

     316        (349

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

     (21     2   

 

(1) Gains (losses) were attributable to widening or (tightening), respectively, of the Company’s credit spreads and were determined based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads. The remainder of changes in overall fair value of the short-term and long-term borrowings is attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and movements in the reference price or index for structured notes.
(2) Instrument-specific credit gains or (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.
(3) Gains (losses) were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client and contractual yields at each respective period end.

 

LOGO   33  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amount by Which Contractual Principal Amount Exceeds Fair Value

 

     At
March 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
     (dollars in billions)

Short-term and long-term debt borrowings(1)

   $ 1.0    $ 1.9

Loans(2)

     23.6      24.4

Loans 90 or more days past due in non-accrual status or both(2)(3)

     20.8      21.0

 

(1) These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.
(2) The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3) The aggregate fair value of loans that were in non-accrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $3.8 billion and $3.9 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $0.8 billion and $0.7 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, equity method investments, premises and equipment, intangible assets and real estate investments.

The following tables present, by caption on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010.

 

     Carrying
Value at
March 31, 2010
   Fair Value Measurements Using:    Total
Losses for
the Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2010(1)
 
        Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level  1)
   Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans(2)

   $ 634    $ —      $ —      $ 634    $ (3

Other investments(3)

     17      —        —        17      (5

Intangible assets(4)

     5      —        —        5      (10
                                    

Total

   $ 656    $ —      $ —      $ 656    $ (18
                                    

 

(1) Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income except for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2) Non-recurring change in fair value for loans held for investment were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models.
(3) Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4) Losses related to management contracts and were determined using discounted cash flow models.

In addition to the losses included in the table above, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with the planned disposition of Revel (see Note 1). The loss related to Premises, equipment and software costs and was included in discontinued operations (see Note 18). The fair value of Revel, net of estimated costs to sell, included in Premises, equipment and software costs was approximately $240 million at March 31, 2010 and was classified in Level 3. Fair value was determined using discounted cash flow models.

 

  34   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2009.

 

     Carrying
Value at
March 31, 2009
   Fair Value Measurements Using:    Total Losses for
the Three Months
Ended
March 31,  2009(1)
 
        Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans(2)

   $ 386    $ —      $ —      $ 386    $ (98

Other investments(3)

     145      —        —        145      (4

Premises, equipment and software costs(3)

     8      —        —        8      (5
                                    

Total

   $ 539    $ —      $ —      $ 539    $ (107
                                    

 

(1) Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income except for losses related to Loans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2) Losses for loans held for investment were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models.
(3) Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.

In addition to the impairment losses mentioned in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $171 million (of which $40 million related to Other investments, $6 million related to Intangible assets, and $125 million related to Other assets) were included in discontinued operations related to Crescent (see Note 18). The carrying value of Crescent assets subject to impairment at March 31, 2009 was $265 million (of which $18 million related to Other investments, $21 million related to Intangible assets and $226 million related to Other assets) all of which were classified in Level 3. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

Some of the Company’s financial instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but nevertheless are recorded at amounts that approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature. Such financial assets and financial liabilities include: Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks, Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned, Receivables—Customers, Receivables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, Payables—Customers, Payables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, and certain Deposits.

The Company’s long-term borrowings are recorded at amortized amounts unless elected under the fair value option or designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge. For long-term borrowings not measured at fair value, the fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing

 

LOGO   35  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

arrangements. At March 31, 2010, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.3 billion higher than fair value. At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.4 billion higher than fair value.

 

4. Securities Available for Sale.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company purchased certain debt securities that are classified as AFS. The following table presents information about the Company’s AFS securities:

 

     At March 31, 2010
     Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses(1)
   Other-than-
temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
     (dollars in millions)

Debt securities available for sale:

              

U.S. government and agency securities

   $  18,671    $   —      $ 34    $  —      $ 18,637

 

(1) The unrealized losses are attributable to changes in interest rates since purchase. The Company does not intend to sell these securities or expect to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized costs basis. In addition, the Company does not expect these securities to experience a credit loss given the explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government.

The table below presents the fair value of investments in debt securities available for sale that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months or for 12 months or longer at March 31, 2010:

 

     Less than 12 months    12 months or longer    Total

At March 31, 2010

   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     (dollars in millions)

Debt securities available for sale:

                 

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 18,637    $ 34    $   —      $   —      $ 18,637    $ 34

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale by contractual maturity dates at March 31, 2010:

 

At March 31, 2010

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Yield  
     (dollars in millions)  

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

Due within 1 year

   $ 1,807    $ 1,806    0.4

After 1 year but through 5 years

     16,864      16,831    1.2
                

Total

   $ 18,671    $ 18,637    1.1
                

 

5. Collateralized Transactions.

The Company pledges its financial instruments owned to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) in the condensed consolidated statements of financial

 

  36   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

condition. The carrying value and classification of financial instruments owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

 

     At
March 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
     (dollars in millions)

Financial instruments owned:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 16,395    $ 18,376

Other sovereign government obligations

     6,059      4,584

Corporate and other debt

     10,482      13,111

Corporate equities

     15,187      10,284
             

Total

   $ 48,123    $ 46,355
             

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of Securities purchased under agreements to resell. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $507 billion and $429 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $361 billion and $311 billion, respectively.

The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities for securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $17 billion and $14 billion, respectively, were reported as Securities received as collateral and an Obligation to return securities received as collateral in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. Collateral received in connection with these transactions that was subsequently repledged was approximately $16 billion and $13 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a customer default, the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate, the Company’s agreements with third parties specify its rights to request additional collateral. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are

 

LOGO   37  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.

At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

 

     March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
     (dollars in millions)

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   $ 22,367    $ 23,712

Securities(1)

     14,381      11,296
             

Total

   $ 36,748    $ 35,008
             

 

(1) Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Financial instruments owned in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and borrowings where in all instances these liabilities are payable solely from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned (see Note 6).

 

6. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities.

The Company is involved with various special purpose entities (“SPEs”) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria as QSPEs that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010 became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excluding entities subject to the Deferral (as defined in Note 1), effective January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

   

Interests purchased in connection with market making and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities.

 

   

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

   

Loans and investments made to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

  38   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

   

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLNs”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

   

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

The power to make the most important decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most important economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or collateral debt obligations.

For many transactions, such as CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, the number of investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of the continuing involvement by the Company, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE.

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Financial instruments owned and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company includes assets held by consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below primarily in Receivables, Premises, equipment and software costs and Other assets and the liabilities primarily as Other liabilities and accrued expenses and Payables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

LOGO   39  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables present information at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis. As a result of the accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the Company consolidated a number of VIEs that had not previously been consolidated and de-consolidated a number of VIEs that had previously been consolidated at December 31, 2009.

 

     At March 31, 2010
     Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other
     (dollars in millions)

VIE assets

   $ 4,668    $ 1,764    $ 1,757    $ 696    $ 1,844

VIE liabilities

   $ 3,827    $ 1,734    $ 139    $ 2,861    $ 851

 

     At December 31, 2009
     Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
   Credit
and Real
Estate
   Commodities
Financing
   Other
Structured
Financings
     (dollars in millions)

VIE assets

   $ 2,715    $ 2,629    $ 1,509    $ 762

VIE liabilities

   $ 992    $ 687    $ 1,370    $ 73

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At March 31, 2010, managed real estate partnerships reflected non-controlling interests of $1,260 million. The Company also has additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $1,115 million and $533 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. This additional exposure relates primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., credit derivatives in which the Company has sold unfunded protection in synthetic collateralized debt obligations, typically for the most senior tranche, in which the total protection sold by the VIE exceeds the amount of collateral held) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

 

  40   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at March 31, 2010. Many of the VIEs included in this table met the QSPE requirements under previous accounting guidance. QSPEs were not included as non-consolidated VIEs in prior periods. The table includes all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.

 

    At March 31, 2010
    Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
  Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
  Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other
    (dollars in millions)

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $ 114,592   $ 11,245   $ 6,729   $ 1,766   $ 7,443

Maximum exposure to loss:

         

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $ 7,827   $ 693   $ 85   $ 975   $ 2,739

Derivatives and other contracts

    1,166     1,062     —       —       284

Commitments, guarantees and other

    —       —       4,297     783     524
                             

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $ 8,993   $ 1,755   $ 4,382   $ 1,758   $ 3,547
                             

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

         

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $ 7,827   $ 693   $ 85   $ 802   $ 2,739

Derivatives and other contracts

    892     784     —       —       128
                             

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $ 8,719   $ 1,477   $ 85   $ 802   $ 2,867
                             

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

         

Derivatives and other contracts

  $ 274   $ 245   $ —     $ —     $ 45

Commitments, guarantees and other

    —       —       24     41     334
                             

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $ 274   $ 245   $ 24   $ 41   $ 379
                             

 

(1) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $42.3 billion of residential mortgages; $32.2 billion of commercial mortgages; $14.2 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and $25.9 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2) Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.2 billion of residential mortgages; $1.7 billion of commercial mortgages; $3.2 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and $1.6 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIE’s assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write downs already recorded by the Company.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

 

LOGO   41  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. The Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $6.5 billion at March 31, 2010. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company or acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities. Securities issued by securitization SPEs consist of $2.4 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $0.4 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.6 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $1.3 billion of securities backed by collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations and $0.8 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Company’s primary risk exposure is limited to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees, or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the fair value of the securities owned.

The following table presents information about the Company’s non-consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2009 in which the Company had significant variable interests or served as the sponsor and had any variable interest as of that date. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.

 

     At December 31, 2009
     Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
   Credit
and Real
Estate
   Municipal
Tender Option
Bond Trusts
   Other
Structured
Financings
     (dollars in millions)

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate

   $ 720    $ 11,848    $ 339    $ 5,775

Maximum exposure to loss:

           

Debt and equity interests

   $ 16    $ 2,330    $ 40    $ 861

Derivatives and other contracts

     1      4,949      —        —  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —        200      31      623
                           

Total maximum exposure to loss

   $ 17    $ 7,479    $ 71    $ 1,484
                           

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

           

Debt and equity interests

   $ 16    $ 2,330    $ 40    $ 682

Derivatives and other contracts

     1      2,382      —        —  
                           

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

   $ 17    $ 4,712    $ 40    $ 682
                           

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

           

Derivatives and other contracts

   $ —      $ 484    $ —      $ —  

Commitments, guarantees and other

     —        —        —        45
                           

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

   $ —      $ 484    $ —      $ 45
                           

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily includes securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. Such activities are described below.

Securitization Activities.    In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests,

 

  42   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE and in many cases retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets transferred to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe, the Company serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

In most of these transactions, the SPE met the criteria to be a QSPE under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010 for the transfer and servicing of financial assets. The Company did not consolidate QSPEs if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they held, the activities in which they engaged and the range of discretion they may have exercised in connection with the assets they held. SPEs that formerly met the criteria to be a QSPE are now subject to the same consolidation requirements as other VIEs.

The primary risk retained by the Company in connection with these transactions generally is limited to the beneficial interests issued by the SPE that are owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees, or similar derivatives.

Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

See Note 9 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts.    In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Company, on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities which the Company, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized.

Credit Protection Purchased Through CLNs.    In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the

 

LOGO   43  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will sell the collateral securities in order to make the payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment. CLNs are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

Other Structured Financings.    The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low income communities (including low income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Company is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations.    A collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. In the Asset Management business segment, the Company manages CLOs with assets of $1.7 billion at March 31, 2010, and receives a management fee for these services. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these managed CLOs was immaterial at March 31, 2010. The Company consolidates these CLOs. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on other CLOs and CDOs not managed by the Company is $3.1 billion at March 31, 2010.

Equity-Linked Notes.    In an equity-linked note transaction included in the tables above, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. Equity-linked notes are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

Managed Real Estate Partnerships.    The Company sponsors funds that invest in real estate assets. Certain of these funds are classified as VIEs primarily because the Company has provided financial support through lending facilities and other means. The Company also serves as the general partner for these funds and owns limited partnership interests in them. These funds are consolidated at March 31, 2010.

Asset Management Investment Funds.    The tables above do not include certain investments made by the Company held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies.

 

  44   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

The following table presents information at March 31, 2010 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferees in most of these transactions formerly met the criteria for QSPEs.

 

     At March 31, 2010
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and  Other
     (dollars in millions)

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 55,702    $ 90,063    $ 2,075    $ 8,167

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 162    $ 122    $ 1,415    $ —  

Non-investment grade

     109      489      —        2,329
                           

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 271    $ 611    $ 1,415    $ 2,329
                           

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 50    $ 233    $ 6    $ —  

Non-investment grade

     85      22      —        52
                           

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 135    $ 255    $ 6    $ 52
                           

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ 263    $ 887    $ —      $ 942

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ 137    $ 1    $ —      $ 336

 

(1) Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

     At March 31, 2010
     Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total
     (dollars in millions)

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —      $ 1,535    $ 164    $ 1,699

Non-investment grade

     —        156      2,771      2,927
                           

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ —      $ 1,691    $ 2,935    $ 4,626
                           

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ —      $ 209    $ 80    $ 289

Non-investment grade

     —        148      11      159
                           

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ —      $ 357    $ 91    $ 448
                           

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $ —      $ 851    $ 1,241    $ 2,092

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

   $ —      $ 19    $ 455    $ 474

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

 

LOGO   45  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net gains at the time of securitization were not material in the three months ended March 31, 2010.

During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $5 billion. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $1.2 billion.

The Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specific guidelines (see Note 10).

Failed Sales.

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer is treated as a failed sale. In such case, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Financial instruments owned and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The assets transferred to many unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many unconsolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

The following tables present information about transfers of assets treated by the Company as secured financings at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 

       At March 31, 2010
       Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     Credit-
Linked
Notes
     Other
       (dollars in millions)

Assets

              

Unpaid principal amount

     $ 110      $ 1,063      $ 215

Fair value

       104        660        214

Other secured financings

              

Unpaid principal amount

       66        1,037        215

Fair value

       66        658        214

 

     At December 31, 2009
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
   Other
     (dollars in millions)

Assets

           

Unpaid principal amount

   $ 376    $ 324    $ 1,059    $ 1,332

Fair value

     151      291      1,012      1,294

Other secured financings

           

Unpaid principal amount

     267      271      1,025      1,332

Fair value

     138      269      978      1,294

 

  46   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Mortgage Servicing Activities.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $175 million and $137 million as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities.    The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. In some cases, as part of its market making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost. Advances at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 totaled approximately $2.2 billion net of reserves of $17 million and $23 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 

     At March 31, 2010  
     Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
    Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
    Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
   Commercial
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

   $ 15,917      $ 3,044      $ 7,946    $ 2,217   

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 6,476      $ 1,001      $ —      $ 6   

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

     40.7

 

 
32.9

    —        0.3

Credit losses

   $ 403      $ 26      $ —      $ —     

 

(1) Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

     At December 31, 2009
     Residential
Mortgage
QSPEs
    Residential
Mortgage
Failed
Sales
    Commercial
Mortgage
QSPEs
     (dollars in millions)

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

   $ 18,902      $ 1,110      $ 10,901

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

   $ 7,297      $ 408      $ 5

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

     38.6     36.8     —  

 

(1) Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

LOGO   47  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company also serviced residential and commercial mortgage loans for SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties with unpaid principal balances totaling $19 billion and $20 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

7.    Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment.

The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing at July 1, 2009, which did not result in any goodwill impairment.

Goodwill.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     Institutional
Securities
   Global
Wealth
Management
Group
    Asset
Management
   Total
     (dollars in millions)

Goodwill at December 31, 2009

   $         373    $         5,618      $         1,171    $         7,162

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     9      (2     —        7
                            

Goodwill at March 31, 2010(1)(2)

   $ 382    $ 5,616      $ 1,171    $ 7,169
                            

 

(1) The Asset Management business segment amounts at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 included approximately $404 million related to Retail Asset Management.
(2) The amount of the Company’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $673 million at March 31, 2010 was $7,842 million.

 

  48   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Intangible Assets.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s intangible assets for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     Institutional
Securities
    Global
Wealth
Management
Group
    Asset
Management
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

   $ 161      $ 4,292      $ 184      $ 4,637   

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6)

     135        2        —          137   

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —          280        —          280   
                                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

   $ 296      $ 4,574      $ 184      $ 5,054   
                                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

   $ 161      $ 4,292      $ 184      $ 4,637   

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     5        1        —          6   

Amortization expense

     (4     (83     (3     (90

Impairment losses

     —          —          (10     (10
                                

Amortizable net intangible assets at March 31, 2010

     162        4,210        171        4,543   

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6)

     172        3        —          175   

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —          280        —          280   
                                

Net intangible assets at March 31, 2010

   $ 334      $ 4,493      $ 171      $ 4,998   
                                

8. Long-Term Borrowings.

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

     At March 31,
2010
   At December 31,
2009
     (dollars in millions)

Senior debt

   $ 174,619    $ 178,797

Subordinated debt

     4,030      3,983

Junior subordinated debentures

     10,554      10,594
             

Total

   $ 189,203    $ 193,374
             

During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $8 billion representing senior unsecured notes that were not guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The amount included non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $1 billion. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, approximately $10 billion of notes were repaid.

The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.7 years and 5.6 years at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).

At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had long-term debt outstanding of $23.8 billion under the TLGP. These borrowings are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP. The FDIC has concluded that the guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

 

LOGO   49  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9.    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants, and is further described in Notes 1 and 3.

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at March 31, 2010(1)

 

     Years to Maturity    Cross-Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral

Credit Rating(2)

   Less than 1    1-3    3-5    Over 5        
     (dollars in millions)

AAA

   $ 534    $ 1,952    $ 3,287    $ 9,769    $ (6,753   $ 8,789    $ 8,443

AA

     5,635      6,953      7,101      16,481      (26,290     9,880      8,010

A

     9,111      8,809      7,102      25,507      (39,564     10,965      9,800

BBB

     3,404      3,990      2,347      7,501      (9,623     7,619      5,547

Non-investment grade

     2,488      3,067      1,710      4,516      (3,983     7,798      6,233
                                                 

Total

   $ 21,172    $ 24,771    $ 21,547    $ 63,774    $ (86,213   $ 45,051    $ 38,033
                                                 

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.

 

  50   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2009(1)

 

     Years to Maturity    Cross-Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral

Credit Rating(2)

   Less than 1    1-3    3-5    Over 5        
     (dollars in millions)

AAA

   $ 852    $ 2,026    $ 3,876    $ 9,331    $ (6,616   $ 9,469    $ 9,082

AA

     6,469      7,855      6,600      15,071      (25,576     10,419      8,614

A

     8,018      10,712      7,990      22,739      (38,971     10,488      9,252

BBB

     3,032      4,193      2,947      7,524      (8,971     8,725      5,902

Non-investment grade

     2,773      3,331      2,113      4,431      (4,534     8,114      6,525
                                                 

Total

   $ 21,144    $ 28,117    $ 23,526    $ 59,096    $ (84,668   $ 47,215    $ 39,375
                                                 

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.
(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

Hedge Accounting.

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

 

LOGO   51  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged, and, where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Equity, net of tax effects. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest income.

The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract on a gross basis at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts. Fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts.

 

     Assets at March 31, 2010    Liabilities at March 31, 2010
     Fair Value     Notional    Fair Value     Notional
     (dollars in millions)

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

         

Interest rate contracts

   $ 5,045      $ 74,230    $ 52      $ 7,348

Foreign exchange contracts

     270        8,253      109        6,588
                             

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

     5,315        82,483      161        13,936
                             

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

         

Interest rate contracts

     598,371        15,841,899      574,861        15,768,660

Credit contracts

     125,154        2,392,889      107,063        2,197,530

Foreign exchange contracts

     49,378        1,295,384      50,540        1,313,783

Equity contracts

     37,257        530,173      44,744        549,783

Commodity contracts

     73,904        457,418      73,193        426,403

Other

     375        12,115      1,251        6,607
                             

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

     884,439        20,529,878      851,652        20,262,766
                             

Total derivatives

   $ 889,754      $ 20,612,361    $ 851,813      $ 20,276,702

Cash collateral netting

     (62,054     —        (34,242     —  

Counterparty netting

     (779,794     —        (779,794     —  
                             

Total derivatives

   $ 47,906      $ 20,612,361    $ 37,777      $ 20,276,702
                             

 

(1) Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $65 billion and $64 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $494 million and $42 million is included in Receivables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

  52   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Assets at December 31, 2009   Liabilities at December 31, 2009
    Fair Value     Notional       Fair Value             Notional    
    (dollars in millions)

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

       

Interest rate contracts

  $ 4,343      $ 69,026   $ 175      $ 12,248

Foreign exchange contracts

    216        10,781     105        7,125
                           

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    4,559        79,807     280        19,373
                           

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

       

Interest rate contracts

    622,786        16,285,375     599,291        16,123,706

Credit contracts

    146,064        2,557,917     125,234        2,404,995

Foreign exchange contracts

    52,312        1,174,815     51,369        1,107,989

Equity contracts

    41,366        476,510     49,198        492,681

Commodity contracts

    64,614        453,132     63,714        414,765

Other

    389        12,908     1,123        6,180
                           

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    927,531        20,960,657     889,929        20,550,316
                           

Total derivatives

  $ 932,090      $ 21,040,464   $ 890,209      $ 20,569,689

Cash collateral netting

    (62,738     —       (31,729     —  

Counterparty netting

    (820,271     —       (820,271     —  
                           

Total derivatives

  $ 49,081      $ 21,040,464   $ 38,209      $ 20,569,689
                           

 

(1) Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $434 billion and $696 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $601 million and $27 million is included in Receivables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:

 

Interest Rate Contracts

   Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
         2010             2009      
     (dollars in millions)  

Gain (loss) recognized on derivatives

   $             721      $ (2,759

(Loss) gain recognized on borrowings

     (566                 2,690   
                

Total

   $ 155      $ (69
                

 

LOGO   53  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.

 

     Gains Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)(1)

Product Type

   Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2010    2009
     (dollars in millions)

Foreign exchange contracts(2)

   $                 220    $                 230

Debt instruments

     —        103
             

Total

   $ 220    $ 333
             

 

(1) No gains (losses) related to net investment hedges were reclassified from Other comprehensive income (“OCI”) into income during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(2) A gain of $1 million and a gain of $9 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively:

 

     Gains (Losses) Recognized
in Income(1)(2)
 
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Product Type

   2010     2009  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate contracts

   $                 620      $ (1,888

Credit contracts

     (597                     2,557   

Foreign exchange contracts

     (157     2,415   

Equity contracts

     (483     (1,240

Commodity contracts

     551        752   

Other contracts

     (57     482   
                

Total derivative instruments

   $ (123   $ 3,078   
                

 

(1) Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading.
(2) Gains (losses) associated with derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Principal transactions—Trading.

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $34 million and $110 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and a notional of $2,603 million and $3,442 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Company recognized gains of $13 million and $45 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $62.1 billion and $62.7 billion, respectively. The amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $34.2 billion and $31.7 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $7 million and $190 million, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and $62 million and $227 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a

 

  54   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

credit ratings downgrade. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the aggregate fair value of derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $27,544 million and $23,052 million, respectively, for which the Company has posted collateral of $22,906 million and $20,607 million, respectively, in the normal course of business. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $938 million and $717 million, respectively. Additional collateral or termination payments of approximately $998 million and $975 million could be called by counterparties in the event of a two-notch downgrade at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $1,297 million and $1,203 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it provides counterparties protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers. The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and CLNs at March 31, 2010:

 

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

  Protection Sold  
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
  Years to Maturity  
  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps:

           

AAA

  $ 1,051   $ 4,496   $ 10,827   $ 27,789   $ 44,163   $ 2,021   

AA

    10,985     29,994     31,490     35,028     107,497     1,211   

A

    31,325     100,673     90,316     49,196     271,510     (2,960

BBB

    54,964     152,644     131,424     76,316     415,348     (6,116

Non-investment grade

    54,395     173,862     109,046     62,152     399,455     16,822   
                                     

Total

    152,720     461,669     373,103     250,481     1,237,973     10,978   
                                     

Index and basket credit default swaps:

           

AAA

    39,140     54,676     47,970     49,719     191,505     (1,331

AA

    35     39     5,248     12,483     17,805     1,197   

A

    268     4,263     24,237     9,798     38,566     128   

BBB

    9,683     53,938     176,356     121,372     361,349     (588

Non-investment grade

    25,591     130,777     142,392     121,638     420,398     22,874   
                                     

Total

    74,717     243,693     396,203     315,010     1,029,623     22,280   
                                     

Total credit default swaps sold

  $ 227,437   $ 705,362   $ 769,306   $ 565,491   $ 2,267,596   $ 33,258   
                                     

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

  $ —     $ 42   $ —     $ 1,026   $ 1,068   $ 1,004   

CLNs(4)

    174     287     1,968     1,165     3,594     (956
                                     

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $ 227,611   $ 705,691   $ 771,274   $ 567,682   $ 2,272,258   $ 33,306   
                                     

 

(1) Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2) Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
(3) Other credit contracts are credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4) Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

LOGO   55  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and CLNs at December 31, 2009:

 

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

   Protection Sold  
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional    Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
   Years to Maturity   
   Less than 1    1-3    3-5    Over 5    Total   
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps:

                 

AAA

   $ 926    $ 2,733    $ 10,969    $ 30,542    $ 45,170    $ 846   

AA

     13,355      31,475      38,360      39,424      122,614      1,355   

A

     35,164      101,909      100,489      50,432      287,994      (3,115

BBB

     57,979      161,309      151,143      80,216      450,647      (6,753

Non-investment grade

     58,408      180,311      123,972      63,871      426,562      25,870   
                                           

Total

     165,832      477,737      424,933      264,485      1,332,987      18,203   
                                           

Index and basket credit default swaps:

                 

AAA

     41,517      59,925      51,750      53,917      207,109      (1,563

AA

     —        1,113      4,082      17,120      22,315      1,794   

A

     198      3,604      25,425      5,666      34,893      (377

BBB

     12,866      65,484      183,799      93,906      356,055      (2,101

Non-investment grade

     40,941      160,331      160,127      132,267      493,666      27,665   
                                           

Total

     95,522      290,457      425,183      302,876      1,114,038      25,418   
                                           

Total credit default swaps sold

   $ 261,354    $ 768,194    $ 850,116    $ 567,361    $ 2,447,025    $ 43,621   
                                           

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

   $ —      $ 51    $ 24    $ 1,089    $ 1,164    $ 1,118   

CLNs(4)

     160      74      337      668      1,239      (335
                                           

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

   $ 261,514    $ 768,319    $ 850,477    $ 569,118    $ 2,449,428    $ 44,404   
                                           

 

(1) Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2) Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during 2009.
(3) Other credit contracts are credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4) Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata

 

  56   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure. As external credit ratings are not always available for tranched indices and baskets, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

Credit Protection Sold Through CLNs.    The Company has invested in CLNs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the CLN, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $1.7 trillion and $1.9 trillion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $1.9 trillion and $2.1 trillion, at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations. The Company may also purchase credit protection to economically hedge loans and lending commitments. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.3 trillion with a positive fair value of $51 billion compared with $2.3 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $33 billion at March 31, 2010. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.5 trillion with a positive fair value of $65 billion compared with $2.4 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $44 billion as of December 31, 2009.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

10.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at March 31, 2010 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since

 

LOGO   57  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

     Years to Maturity    Total at
March 31,
2010
     Less
than 1
   1-3    3-5    Over 5   
     (dollars in millions)

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

   $ 853    $ 1    $ 1    $ 6    $ 861

Investment activities

     940      767      167      72      1,946

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)(2)

     10,558      27,321      3,938      163      41,980

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

     833      4,179      3,957      2,656      11,625

Secondary lending commitments(1)

     67      99      140      35      341

Commitments for secured lending transactions

     1,296      454      208      —        1,958

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

     75,289      101      —        —        75,390

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)

     906      —        —        —        906

Underwriting commitments

     500      —        —        —        500

Other commitments

     216      12      150      —        378
                                  

Total

   $ 91,458    $ 32,934    $ 8,561    $ 2,932    $ 135,885
                                  

 

(1) These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3).
(2) This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276 million at March 31, 2010, of which $268 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of one to three years.
(3) The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to March 31, 2010 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as of March 31, 2010, $75.3 billion of the $75.4 billion settled within three business days.

For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.

The Company sponsors several nonconsolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s directors may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

 

  58   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Guarantees.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at March 31, 2010:

 

Type of Guarantee

   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional    Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
    Collateral/
Recourse
   Years to Maturity    Total     
   Less than 1    1-3    3-5    Over 5        
     (dollars in millions)

Credit derivative contracts(1)

   $ 227,437    $ 705,362    $ 769,306    $ 565,491    $ 2,267,596    $ 33,258      $ —  

Other credit contracts

     —        42      —        1,026      1,068      1,004        —  

CLNs

     174      287      1,968      1,165      3,594      (956     —  

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)(2)

     687,468      345,211      147,654      234,030      1,414,363      67,446        —  

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(3)(4)

     1,267      2,938      402      4,990      9,597      657        5,500

Market value guarantees

     —        —        87      679      766      41        126

Liquidity facilities

     4,396      82      306      87      4,871      24        6,400

Whole loan sales guarantees

     —        —        —        42,506      42,506      90        —  

General partner guarantees

     194      82      112      49      437      62        —  

 

(1) Carrying amount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 9.
(2) Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.
(3) Approximately $2.0 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4) Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $1.6 billion. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $0.8 billion are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments owned—Investments on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition.

The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010. One of the Company’s real estate funds is currently engaged in negotiations with its lenders regarding a potential restructuring of loans provided to a specific investment in the fund’s portfolio. These loans have been extended to allow negotiations to continue. In that context, the lenders may allege various claims that would imply that the fund is obliged to support this investment to an extent that would exceed the fund’s available liquid resources. In that event, the fund would assert substantial defenses to such claims. The Company is not obliged to provide any support to the fund. A consolidated subsidiary is the general partner of the fund but the loans and guarantees are non-recourse to any other entity or assets of the Company. While the Company cannot provide assurance that the fund’s negotiations will result in a restructuring, it does not currently believe that the resolution of the restructuring will require the Company to pay or contribute amounts in excess of the amount of guarantees included in the dollar amount set forth above at March 31, 2010.

For further description of these commitments, refer to Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.

 

LOGO   59  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

 

   

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

 

   

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

   

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

   

Guarantees on Securitized Assets.    As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities securitization and related activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase

 

  60   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and, to the extent the Company has acquired such assets from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. In many securitization transactions, some, but not all, of the original asset sellers provide the representations and warranties directly to the purchaser, and the Company makes representations and warranties only with respect to other assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of assets transferred by the Company that are subject to its representations and warranties.

 

   

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

 

   

Guarantees on Morgan Stanley Stable Value Program.    On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the investment manager for the Stable Value Program (“SVP”), a fund within the Company’s 401(k) plan, and certain other third parties. Under the agreement, the Company contributed $20 million to the SVP on October 15, 2009 and recorded the contribution in Compensation and benefits expense. Additionally, the Company may have a future obligation to make a payment of $40 million to the SVP following the third anniversary of the agreement, after which the SVP would be wound down over a period of time. The future obligation is contingent upon whether the market-to-book value ratio of the portion of the SVP that is subject to certain book-value stabilizing contracts has fallen below a specific threshold and the Company and the other parties to the agreement all decline to make payments to restore the SVP to such threshold as of the third anniversary of the agreement. The Company has not recorded a liability for this guarantee in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies.

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.

 

LOGO   61  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters; how or if such matters will be resolved; when they will ultimately be resolved; or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues, income or cash flows for such period. Legal reserves have been established in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

 

11. Regulatory Requirements.

Morgan Stanley.    The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”). The Fed establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national banks and federal savings bank, respectively.

The Company calculates its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II Accord that requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of its U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The Company will be required to implement these Basel II standards as a result of becoming a financial holding company.

At March 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.1% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter.

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 

     March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
     Balance    Ratio     Balance    Ratio  
     (dollars in millions)  

Tier 1 capital

   $ 50,122    15.1   $ 46,670    15.3

Total capital

     53,411    16.1     49,955    16.4

RWAs

     331,913    —          305,000    —     

Adjusted average assets

     821,517    —          804,456    —     

Tier 1 leverage

     —      6.1     —      5.8

 

  62   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s Significant U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries.    The Company’s domestic bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

At March 31, 2010, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject and exceeded all regulatorily mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.

The table below sets forth the Company’s significant U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ capital at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

 

     March 31, 2010    December 31, 2009
     Amount    Ratio    Amount    Ratio
     (dollars in millions)

Total Capital (to RWAs):

           

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

   $ 9,129    21.3%    $ 8,880    18.4%

Morgan Stanley Trust

   $ 754    83.0%    $ 602    70.3%

Tier I Capital (to RWAs):

           

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

   $ 7,601    17.8%    $ 7,360    15.3%

Morgan Stanley Trust

   $ 754    83.0%    $ 602    70.3%

Leverage Ratio:

           

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

   $ 7,601    10.7%    $ 7,360    10.7%

Morgan Stanley Trust

   $ 754    10.9%    $ 602    8.9%

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 6%, a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average book assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted to financial holding companies. At March 31, 2010, the Company’s three U.S. depository institutions maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $7,658 million and $7,854 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $6,510 million and $6,758 million, respectively. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant, introducing business to MS&Co. and Citi, and has operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

 

LOGO   63  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS have consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At March 31, 2010, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated Aa2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and AAA by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. (“S&P”), maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. On December 21, 2009, MSDP was downgraded from a triple-A rating to Aa2 rating by Moody’s but maintained its AAA rating by S&P. The downgrade did not significantly impact the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

 

12. Total Equity.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not purchase any of its common stock as part of its share repurchase program. At March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.

 

  64   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13. Earnings per Common Share.

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method (see Note 1) and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2009  

Basic EPS:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 2,080      $ (35

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (69     (155
                

Net income (loss)

     2,011        (190

Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests

     235        (13
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

     1,776        (177

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

     (11     (11

Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

     (196     (196

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

     (13     (29

Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock)

     —          (125

Less: Amortization of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock(1)

     —          (40

Less: Allocation of earnings to participating restricted stock units(2):

    

From continuing operations

     (54     —     

From discontinued operations

     2        —     

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units(1):

    

From continuing operations

     (99     —     

From discontinued operations

     6        —     
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,411      $ (578
                

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,315        1,012   
                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.12      $ (0.41

Net loss on discontinued operations

     (0.05     (0.16
                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

   $ 1.07      $ (0.57
                

Diluted EPS:

    

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,411      $ (578

Preferred stock dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

     196        —     
                

Income (loss) available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 1,607      $ (578
                

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,315        1,012   

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and restricted stock units(2)

     1        —     

Series B Preferred Stock

     310        —     
                

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

     1,626        1,012   
                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.03      $ (0.41

Net loss on discontinued operations

     (0.04     (0.16
                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

   $ 0.99      $ (0.57
                

 

LOGO   65  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1) See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.
(2) Restricted stock units that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and therefore, such restricted stock units are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:    Three Months Ended March 31,
   2010    2009
     (shares in millions)

Restricted stock units and performance stock units

   47    68

Stock options

   73    88

Equity Units(1)(2)

   116    116

CPP Warrant(2)

   —      65

Series B Preferred Stock

   —      311
         

Total

   236    648
         

 

(1) The Equity Units participate in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the Equity Units generally would not be included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.
(2) See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K.

 

14. Interest Income and Interest Expense.

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended March, 31
 
     2010     2009  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest income(1):

    

Financial instruments owned(2)

   $ 1,143      $ 1,289   

Securities available for sale

     10        —     

Loans

     70        88   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     41        113   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed

     150        444   

Other

     334        311   
                

Interest income

   $ 1,748      $ 2,245   
                

Interest expense(1):

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ 3      $ 37   

Deposits

     172        150   

Long-term debt

     1,064        1,472   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned

     286        463   

Other

     (158     187   
                

Interest expense

   $ 1,367      $ 2,309   
                

Net interest

   $ 381      $ (64
                

 

(1) Interest income and expense are recorded within the condensed consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Principal transactions—Trading revenues or Principal transactions—Investment revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.
(2) Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction to Interest income.

 

  66   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company maintains various pension and benefit plans for eligible employees. The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit expense:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2009  
     (dollars in millions)  

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

   $ 26      $ 31   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     41        40   

Expected return on plan assets

     (32     (30

Net amortization of prior service costs

     (2     (3

Net amortization of actuarial loss

     8        11   
                

Net periodic benefit expense

   $ 41      $ 49   
                

 

16. Income Taxes.

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”), and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. During 2010, the IRS and the Japanese tax authorities are expected to conclude the field work portion of their examinations on issues covering tax years 1999 - 2005 and 2007 - 2008, respectively. Also during 2010, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on issues through tax year 2007, including those in appeals. Additionally during 2010, the Company may reach a conclusion with the New York State and New York City tax authorities on issues covering years 2002 - 2006. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years’ examinations. The Company has established unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes are adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change. The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the effective tax rate over the next twelve months.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, as part of the Company’s periodic review of the business, liquidity and capital requirements of its non-U.S. subsidiaries, it was determined that prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries for which U.S. federal income taxes have been provided will remain indefinitely reinvested abroad. The Company does not intend to use these earnings as a source of funding of its operations in the U.S. in the foreseeable future. As a result of this determination, the income tax provision for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 included a benefit of $382 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, associated with the release of the previously provided U.S. federal deferred tax liability associated with these earnings.

 

LOGO   67  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

17. Segment and Geographic Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program.

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

  Institutional
Securities
    Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
    Discover   Intersegment
Eliminations(4)
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues

  $ 5,219      $ 2,914   $ 673      $ —     $ (109   $ 8,697   

Net interest

    125        191     (20     —       85        381   
                                           

Net revenues

  $ 5,344      $ 3,105   $ 653      $ —     $ (24   $ 9,078   
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ 2,067      $ 278   $ 173      $ —     $ (2   $ 2,516   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    330        64     43        —       (1     436   
                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    1,737        214     130        —       (1     2,080   
                                           

Discontinued operations(1):

           

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

    (938     —       65        775     (2     (100

Benefit from income taxes

    —          —       (30     —       (1     (31
                                           

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations(2)

    (938     —       95        775     (1     (69
                                           

Net income (loss)

    799        214     225      $ 775   $ (2     2,011   

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

    4        115     116        —       —          235   
                                           

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 795      $ 99   $ 109      $ 775   $ (2   $ 1,776   
                                           

 

  68   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2009

  Institutional
Securities
    Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues

  $ 1,851      $ 1,112   $ 43      $ (45   $ 2,961   

Net interest

    (250     187     (21     20        (64
                                     

Net revenues

  $ 1,601      $ 1,299   $ 22      $ (25   $ 2,897   
                                     

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $ (464   $ 119   $ (283   $ (2   $ (630

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (607     46     (33     (1     (595
                                     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    143        73     (250     (1     (35
                                     

Discontinued operations(1):

         

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

    17        —       (276     4        (255

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    6        —       (108     2        (100
                                     

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations(2)

    11        —       (168     2        (155
                                     

Net income (loss)

    154        73     (418     1        (190

Net loss applicable to non-controlling interests

    (13     —       —          —          (13
                                     

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 167      $ 73   $ (418   $ 1      $ (177
                                     

 

(1) See Note 18 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(2) In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, amounts included a loss of $932 million related to the planned disposition of Revel included within the Institutional Securities business segment and a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS. Amounts for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 primarily included MSCI within the Institutional Securities business segment and Crescent and Retail Asset Management within the Asset Management business segment.

 

Net Interest

   Institutional
Securities
    Global Wealth
Management
Group
   Asset
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

           

Interest income

   $ 1,408      $ 339    $ 6      $ (5   $ 1,748   

Interest expense

     1,283        148      26        (90     1,367   
                                       

Net interest

   $ 125      $ 191    $ (20   $ 85      $ 381   
                                       

Three Months Ended March 31, 2009

           

Interest income

   $ 2,018      $ 226    $ 7      $ (6   $ 2,245   

Interest expense

     2,268        39      28        (26     2,309   
                                       

Net interest

   $ (250   $ 187    $ (21   $ 20      $ (64
                                       

 

Total Assets(1)

   Institutional
Securities
   Global Wealth
Management
Group
   Asset
Management
   Total
     (dollars in millions)

At March 31, 2010

   $ 747,391    $ 62,051    $ 10,277    $ 819,719
                           

At December 31, 2009

   $ 719,232    $ 44,154    $ 8,076    $ 771,462
                           

 

(1) Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

 

LOGO   69  


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

   

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

   

Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location.

 

   

Asset Management: client location, except for merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,

Net revenues

   2010    2009
     (dollars in millions)

Americas

   $ 6,199    $ 2,589

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

     2,013      59

Asia

     866      249
             

Net revenues

   $ 9,078    $ 2,897
             

 

18. Discontinued Operations.

See Note 1 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

The table below provides information regarding amounts included in discontinued operations:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2009  
     (dollars in millions)  

Net revenues(1):

    

Revel

   $ —        $ (1

Crescent

     —          60   

Retail Asset Management

     185        110   

MSCI

     —          96   

Other

     —          1   
                
   $ 185      $ 266   
                

Pre-tax (loss) gain on discontinued operations(1):

    

Revel(2)

   $ (938   $ (3

Crescent

     —          (306

Retail Asset Management

     66        33   

MSCI

     —          22   

DFS(3)

     775        —     

Other

     (3     (1
                
   $ (100   $ (255
                

 

(1) Amounts included eliminations of intersegment activity.
(2) Revel amount included a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with its planned disposition.
(3) Amount relates to the legal settlement with DFS.

 

  70   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

19. Subsequent Events.

Common Dividend. On April 21, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. The dividend is payable on May 14, 2010 to common shareholders of record on April 30, 2010.

U.K. Tax. In April 2010, the U.K. government enacted legislation imposing a payroll tax on discretionary bonuses over a certain amount awarded to certain employees in the period from December 9, 2009 to April 5, 2010. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this legislation and will recognize a charge in Compensation and benefits expense in the second quarter of 2010 reflecting the amount that will be currently payable by the Company in August 2010.

Japan Securities Joint Venture. On May 1, 2010, the Company and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) closed the previously announced transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by its subsidiary Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company contributed the investment banking operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”), into MUMSS and contributed the sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan by MSJS into a second joint venture entity called Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MSMS” and, together with MUMSS, the “Joint Venture”). Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 26 billion yen from MUFG to the Company at closing of the transaction (subject to certain post-closing cash adjustments), the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS.

 

LOGO   71  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2010, and the related condensed consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009. These condensed consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the management of the Company.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such condensed consolidated financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2009, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the year then ended (not presented herein) included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K; and in our report dated February 26, 2010, which report contains explanatory paragraphs concerning the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) accounting guidance that addresses noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements, the computation of Earnings Per Share under the two-class method for share-based payment transactions that are participating securities and the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes and an explanatory paragraph concerning the Company changing its fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2009 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.

As discussed in Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted FASB accounting guidance that addresses transfers of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities and consolidation of variable interest entities.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

May 7, 2010

 

  72  


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Introduction.

Morgan Stanley (or the “Company”), a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments is as follows.

Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels (see “Discontinued Operations—Retail Asset Management Business” herein). Asset Management also engages in investment activities.

The discussion of the Company’s results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s future results, please see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Form 10-K”).

Discontinued Operations.

Revel Entertainment Group, LLC.    On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes a loss of approximately $932 million in connection with such planned disposition.

Retail Asset Management Business.    On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell substantially all of its retail asset management business (“Retail Asset Management”), including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”), to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”). This transaction allows the Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds and central banks, among others.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. The Company

 

LOGO   73  


Table of Contents

will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

MSCI Inc.    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations through the date of sale and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Crescent.    Discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 include operating results related to Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.

Discover.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”) to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. The payment is recorded as a gain in discontinued operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

See Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on discontinued operations.

 

  74   LOGO


Table of Contents

Executive Summary.

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
     2010(1)     2009(2)  

Net revenues:

    

Institutional Securities

   $ 5,344      $ 1,601   

Global Wealth Management Group

     3,105        1,299   

Asset Management

     653        22   

Intersegment Eliminations

     (24     (25
                

Consolidated net revenues

   $ 9,078      $ 2,897   
                

Consolidated net income (loss)

   $ 2,011      $ (190

Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests

     235        (13
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,776      $ (177
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Institutional Securities

   $ 1,733      $ 161   

Global Wealth Management Group

     99        73   

Asset Management

     14        (250

Intersegment Eliminations

     (1     (1
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,845      $ (17
                

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,845      $ (17

Loss from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, after tax

     (69     (160
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 1,776      $ (177
                

Earnings (loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 1,411      $ (578
                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.12      $ (0.41

Net loss from discontinued operations(3)

     (0.05     (0.16
                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4)

   $ 1.07      $ (0.57
                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.03      $ (0.41

Net loss from discontinued operations(3)

     (0.04     (0.16
                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4)

   $ 0.99      $ (0.57
                

Regional net revenues(5):

    

Americas

   $ 6,199      $ 2,589   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     2,013        59   

Asia

     866        249   
                

Consolidated net revenues

   $ 9,078      $ 2,897   
                

 

LOGO   75  


Table of Contents

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2010(1)     2009(2)  

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(6):

    

Institutional Securities

   $ 16.3      $ 20.3   

Global Wealth Management Group

     6.6        1.3   

Asset Management

     2.4        2.4   

Parent company capital(6)

     12.2        4.2   
                

Total from continuing operations

     37.5        28.2   

Discontinued operations

     0.6        1.4   
                

Consolidated average common equity

   $ 38.1      $ 29.6   
                

Return on average common equity(6):

    

Consolidated

     16     N/M   

Institutional Securities(6)

     41     2

Global Wealth Management Group

     6     20

Asset Management

     1     N/M   

Book value per common share(7)

   $ 27.65      $ 27.10   

Tangible common equity(8)

   $ 31,097      $ 26,399   

Tangible book value per common share(9)

   $ 22.24      $ 24.41   

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio(10)

     9.4     9.2

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11)

     17.3     94.4

Worldwide employees(12)

     62,211        43,317   

Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(13):

    

Parent company liquidity

   $ 65      $ 61   

Bank and other subsidiary liquidity

     90        84   
                

Total liquidity

   $ 155      $ 145   
                

Capital ratios(14):

    

Total capital ratio

     16.1     18.2

Tier 1 capital ratio

     15.1     16.7

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     6.1     7.1

Tier 1 common ratio

     8.3     6.2

Consolidated assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(15)(16):

    

Asset Management

   $ 262      $ 250   

Global Wealth Management Group

     413        119   
                

Total

   $ 675      $ 369   
                

 

  76   LOGO


Table of Contents

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010(1)     2009(2)  

Institutional Securities:

    

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

     39     N/M   

Global Wealth Management Group:

    

Global representatives(19)

     18,140        8,148   

Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(20)

   $ 685      $ 630   

Assets by client segment (dollars in billions):

    

$10 million or more

   $ 481      $ 146   

$1 million to $10 million

     670        191   
                

Subtotal $1 million or more

     1,151        337   

$100,000 to $1 million

     408        162   

Less than $100,000

     45        26   
                

Total client assets

   $ 1,604      $ 525   
                

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets

     26     24

Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(21)

   $ 88      $ 64   

Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(22)

   $ 114      $ 47   

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

     9     9

Asset Management(15):

    

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(17)

   $ 262      $ 250   

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

     26     N/M   

 

N/M – Not Meaningful.

(1) Information includes MSSB effective May 31, 2009 (see Note 2 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
(2) Certain prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(3) Amounts include the operating results related to Revel, Retail Asset Management, Crescent, MSCI and other discontinued operations. The first quarter of 2010 also included a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS.
(4) For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.
(5) In the first quarter of 2009, regional net revenues in Europe, Middle East and Africa were negatively impacted by the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Regional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:
  Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location; debt underwriting—revenue recording location; sales and trading—trading desk location. Global Wealth Management Group: global representative location. Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.
(6) The computation of average common equity for each business segment is based upon an economic capital framework that estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. Economic capital is assigned to each business segment based on a regulatory capital framework plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company defines available Parent company capital as capital not specifically designated to a particular business segment. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 equity (including Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity, certain preferred stock, eligible hybrid capital instruments, non-controlling interests and deductions of certain goodwill, intangible assets, net deferred tax assets and debt valuation adjustment (“DVA”)), subject to regulatory limits. The economic capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segment return on average common equity were determined on a separate entity basis. Excluding the effect of the discrete tax benefit in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the return on average common equity for the Institutional Securities business would have been 31%.
(7) Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $38,667 million at March 31, 2010 and $29,314 million at March 31, 2009, divided by period end common shares outstanding of 1,398 million at March 31, 2010 and 1,082 million at March 31, 2009.
(8) Tangible common equity equals common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and intangible assets net of allowable mortgage servicing rights. The deduction for goodwill and intangible assets at March 31, 2010 includes only the Company’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.

 

LOGO   77  


Table of Contents
(9) Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by period end common shares outstanding.
(10) Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) ratio equals tangible common equity divided by total RWAs of $331,913 million at March 31, 2010 and $288,262 million at March 31, 2009.
(11) The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes a tax benefit of $382 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 would have been 32.5%. The effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 included a tax benefit of $331 million, or $0.33 per diluted share, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 would have been 41.9%.
(12) Worldwide employees at March 31, 2010 include worldwide employees of businesses contributed by Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) related to MSSB.
(13) For a discussion of average liquidity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Management Policies—Liquidity Reserves” herein.
(14) For a discussion of total capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein. For a discussion of Tier 1 common ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—The Balance Sheet” herein.
(15) Amounts exclude certain asset management businesses following the decision to sell the Retail Asset Management business to Invesco.
(16) Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments.
(17) Amounts include Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.
(18) Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(19) Global representatives at March 31, 2010 include global representatives of businesses contributed by Citi related to MSSB.
(20) Annualized net revenue per global representative for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 equals Global Wealth Management Group’s net revenues divided by the quarterly weighted average global representative headcount for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(21) Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount.
(22) Approximately $56 billion of the bank deposit balances at March 31, 2010 are held at Company-affiliated depositories with the remainder held at Citi-affiliated depositories. These deposit balances are held at certain of the Company’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured depository institutions for the benefit of retail clients through their accounts.

Global Market and Economic Conditions.

During the first quarter of 2010, market and economic conditions continued the recovery that began during 2009.

In the U.S., major equity market indices ended the first quarter of 2010 higher as compared with the beginning of the year, primarily due to investor confidence in an economic recovery and better than expected corporate earnings. Government and business spending increased, while certain sectors of the real estate markets and consumer spending remained challenged. The unemployment rate decreased to 9.7% at March 31, 2010 from 10.0% at December 31, 2009. The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) kept its interest rates at historically low levels, and at March 31, 2010, the federal funds target rate was between zero and 0.25%, and the discount rate was 0.75%.

In Europe, major European equity market indices ended the first quarter of 2010 slightly higher as compared with the beginning of the year, despite adverse economic developments, especially in Greece, that emerged during the quarter. Industrial output in the European region was primarily driven by German exports. The euro area unemployment rate remained relatively unchanged at approximately 10% at March 31, 2010. The European Central Bank (“ECB”) kept its benchmark interest rate at 1.00% and the Bank of England (“BOE”) kept its benchmark interest rate at 0.50%.

In Asia, industrial output was higher, driven by exports from both China and Japan. China’s economy also continued to benefit from government spending for capital projects. Equity markets at the end of the first quarter of 2010 were lower in China, while higher in Japan, as compared with the beginning of the year.

Overview of the Quarter ended March 31, 2010 Financial Results.

The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $1,776 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with a net loss applicable to Morgan Stanley of $177 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Comparisons of the current quarter results with the prior year period were affected by results of MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009.

 

  78   LOGO


Table of Contents

Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) increased to $9,078 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $2,897 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Net revenues included gains of approximately $54 million related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value, compared with losses of $1,708 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings. Non-interest expenses increased 86% to $6,562 million from the prior year period, primarily due to higher compensation costs and higher non-compensation costs. Compensation and benefits expense increased 123%, primarily reflecting the consolidation of the expenses of MSSB and higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 38%, primarily due to additional operating costs and integration costs related to MSSB. Discontinued operations included a loss of $932 million on the planned disposition of Revel and a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS. Diluted EPS were $0.99 in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with $(0.57) in the prior year period. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were $1.03 in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with $(0.41) in the prior year period.

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 17.3% for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with 94.4% for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 included a tax benefit of $382 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad. The results for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 included a tax benefit of $331 million resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding the benefits noted above, the annual effective tax rate from continuing operations in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 would have been 32.5% and 41.9%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is reflective of the level and geographic mix of earnings. See Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the tax benefit recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

Institutional Securities.    Institutional Securities recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $2,067 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, compared with a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $464 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

Net revenues increased $3,743 million to $5,344 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, which reflected gains of approximately $54 million resulting from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value compared with losses of $1,678 million resulting from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

Investment banking revenues increased 9% to $887 million from the prior year period, primarily reflecting higher equity and fixed income underwritings, partially offset by lower advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $327 million, a decrease of 20% and in line with the industry-wide decline in completed market activity from the comparable period of 2009. Underwriting revenues of $560 million increased 40% from the first quarter of 2009. Equity underwriting revenues increased 70% to $264 million, as market activity increased significantly from very low levels a year ago. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 21% to $296 million, with higher fees from bond issuances, partially offset by lower loan syndication revenues.

Equity sales and trading revenues increased 49% to $1,419 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the comparable period of 2009. The increase was primarily due to negative revenue in the first quarter of the prior year related to the significant improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected positive revenue of $48 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected, compared with negative revenue of $555 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, related to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads. The current quarter also reflected higher prime brokerage

 

LOGO   79  


Table of Contents

revenues, partially offset by lower net revenues from derivative products. Prime brokerage net revenues increased primarily due to higher average client balances. Results in the derivatives business reflected declining levels of market liquidity and volatility during the quarter.

Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 119% to $2,723 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $1,244 million in the prior year quarter. Interest rate, currency and credit product revenues in the first quarter of 2010 reflected strong results in credit products particularly in investment grade and distressed debt trading and securitized products. Interest rate, currency and credit product net revenues in the first quarter of 2009 included losses of approximately $460 million resulting from exposure to certain Eastern European counterparties. Results in the first quarter of 2009 also included negative revenue of $1.0 billion from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Commodity net revenues decreased 52% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting reduced levels of volatility and client activity.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, other sales and trading net revenues reflected net gains of $1 million compared with net losses of $804 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Results for the first quarter of 2010 included net losses of $15 million (losses on related hedges of $198 million, partially offset by mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $183 million) associated with loans and lending commitments. Results for the prior year quarter included net losses of $437 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized losses of $333 million and losses on related hedges of $104 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies. Results in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 also included losses of $143 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to China Investment Corporation Ltd.’s (“CIC”) investment in the Company, and writedowns of securities of $166 million in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust (collectively, the “Subsidiary Banks”).

Principal transactions net investment gains of $174 million were recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 as compared with net investment losses of $790 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The current quarter gains and the prior year quarter losses primarily related to principal investments in real estate and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Non-interest expenses increased 59% to $3,277 million, primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs, due to higher levels of net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 8%, primarily resulting from higher levels of business activity.

Global Wealth Management Group.    Global Wealth Management Group recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $278 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, compared with $119 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 includes operating results of MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009.

Net revenues were $3,105 million, a 139% increase over the prior year quarter, primarily related to incremental net revenues from MSSB. Client assets in fee-based accounts increased 233% to $413 billion at March 31, 2010 and increased as a percentage of total client assets to 26% compared with 24% at March 31, 2009. In addition, total client assets rose to $1,604 billion from $525 billion at March 31, 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of MSSB.

Non-interest expenses increased 140% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and included the consolidation of operating expenses of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets, and deal closing costs of $6 million and integration costs of $100 million for MSSB. Compensation and benefits expense increased 134% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting MSSB and higher net revenues. As a result of the MSSB transaction, the number of global representatives increased 123% to 18,140 at March 31, 2010 from 8,148 at March 31, 2009.

 

  80   LOGO


Table of Contents

Asset Management.    Asset Management recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $173 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $283 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Net revenues were $653 million compared with $22 million from the prior year period. The increase was primarily due to net investment gains associated with the Company’s merchant banking business related to valuation gains within certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The prior year quarter reflected net investment losses in the Company’s merchant banking business. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 12% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting higher fund management and administration fees due to an increase in average assets under management in equity and alternatives asset classes. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management were $262 billion at March 31, 2010, up from $250 billion at March 31, 2009, an increase of 5%. This increase reflected market appreciation, partially offset by net customer outflows of $27.9 billion primarily in the Company’s money market funds. Non-interest expenses increased 57% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in compensation and benefits expense. The increase primarily reflected principal investment losses in the prior year quarter related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, compared with gains in the current quarter.

 

LOGO   81  


Table of Contents

Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations.

The Company’s results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic factors. In addition, results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including the effect of political and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments; the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation, and legal actions in the U.S. and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the Company’s reputation; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors; and technological changes. Such factors also may have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives on a global basis. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.

Results of Operations.

The following items significantly affected the Company’s results of operations in the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009.

Real Estate Investments.    The Company recorded losses in the following business segments related to real estate investments. These amounts exclude investments that benefit certain deferred compensation and employee co-investment plans.

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2010             2009      
     (dollars in billions)  

Institutional Securities

    

Continuing operations(1)

   $ —        $ (0.5

Discontinued operations(2)

     (0.9     —     
                

Total Institutional Securities

     (0.9     (0.5

Asset Management:

    

Continuing operations(3)

     —          (0.2

Discontinued operations(2)

     —          (0.3
                

Total Asset Management

     —          (0.5
                

Total

   $ (0.9   $ (1.0
                

 

(1) Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and are reflected in Principal transactions net investment revenues in the condensed consolidated statements of income.
(2) On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal for Revel, a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. The results of Revel, including the loss from the planned disposal, are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented and were formerly included within the Institutional Securities business segment. In the Asset Management business segment, amounts relate to Crescent.
(3) Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from real estate investments in the Company’s merchant banking business and are reflected in Principal transactions—Investments in the condensed consolidated statements of income.

See “Other Matters—Real Estate” herein for further information.

Settlement with DFS.    On February 11, 2010, the Company and DFS entered into an agreement in which each party released the other party from claims related to the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and

 

  82   LOGO


Table of Contents

MasterCard. In addition, the Company and DFS entered into an agreement to provide that payments made by DFS to the Company in satisfaction of its obligations under the special dividend declared by DFS in June 2007, shall not exceed $775 million. Also on February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company under the special dividend. This payment is included in discontinued operations in the condensed consolidated statement of income for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

Mortgage-Related Trading.    In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded mortgage-related trading gains of approximately $300 million, primarily related to commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial whole loan positions.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded mortgage-related gains of approximately $0.1 billion. The $0.1 billion included gains on commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial whole loan positions of approximately $0.6 billion, partially offset by losses on U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures of $0.3 billion and losses on non-subprime residential mortgages of approximately $0.2 billion.

Monoline Insurers.    Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 included losses of $143 million related to Monoline credit exposures as compared with gains of $12 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The current credit environment continued to affect the ability of such financial guarantors to provide credit enhancement to existing capital market transactions. The Company’s direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty (principally an affiliate of MBIA Inc.). The Company’s exposure to Monolines as of March 31, 2010 consisted primarily of asset-backed securities bonds of approximately $26 million in the portfolio of the Company’s Subsidiary Banks that are collateralized primarily by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, approximately $1.8 billion in insured municipal bond securities and approximately $202 million in net counterparty exposure (gross exposure of approximately $5.1 billion net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments of approximately $2.5 billion and net of hedges). Net counterparty exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of a Monoline, assuming zero recovery. The Company’s hedging program for Monoline risk includes the use of transactions that effectively mitigate certain market risk components of existing underlying transactions with the Monolines.

Income Tax Benefit.    In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $382 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad. In the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $331 million resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates.

MSSB.    During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded deal closing costs of approximately $6 million and integration costs of approximately $100 million. During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded deal closing costs of approximately $10 million and integration costs of approximately $31 million.

Corporate Lending.    The Company recorded the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments carried at fair value within the Institutional Securities business segment:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2010(1)             2009(1)      
     (dollars in billions)  

Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments

   $ 0.2      $ (0.3

Losses on hedges

     (0.2     (0.1
                

Total losses

   $ —        $ (0.4
                

 

(1) Amounts include realized and unrealized gains (losses).

 

LOGO   83  


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley Debt.    Net revenues reflected gains of $54 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures that are accounted for at fair value. Net revenues reflected losses of $1,708 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings.

In addition, in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded gains of approximately $250 million from repurchasing its debt in the open market and mark-to-market gains of approximately $70 million on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

Structured Investment Vehicles.    The Company recognized gains of $43 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

  84   LOGO


Table of Contents

Business Segments.

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributed to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective revenues or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program. Losses from continuing operations before income taxes recorded in Intersegment Eliminations were $2 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009.

See “Other Matters—Segments” herein for further information regarding transactions affecting the Global Wealth Management Group and Institutional Securities.

 

LOGO   85  


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2010         2009    
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

   $ 887      $ 811   

Principal transactions:

    

Trading

     3,411        1,106   

Investments

     174        (790

Commissions

     581        512   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     26        26   

Other

     140        186   
                

Total non-interest revenues

     5,219        1,851   
                

Interest income

     1,408        2,018   

Interest expense

     1,283        2,268   
                

Net interest

     125        (250
                

Net revenues

     5,344        1,601   
                

Compensation and benefits

     2,171        1,040   

Non-compensation expenses

     1,106        1,025   
                

Total non-interest expenses

     3,277        2,065   
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,067        (464

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     330        (607
                

Income from continuing operations

     1,737        143   
                

Discontinued operations:

    

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations

     (938     17   

Provision for income taxes

     —          6   
                

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

     (938     11   
                

Net income

     799        154   

Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests

     4        (13
                

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 795      $ 167   
                

Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders:

    

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1,733      $ 161   

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (938     6   
                

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 795      $ 167   
                

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased 9% from the comparable period of 2009, primarily reflecting higher equity and fixed income underwritings, partially offset by lower advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $327 million, a decrease of 20% and in line with the industry-wide decline in completed market activity from the comparable period of 2009. Underwriting revenues of $560 million increased 40% from the first quarter of 2009. Equity underwriting revenues increased 70% to $264 million, as market activity increased significantly from very low levels a year ago. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 21% to $296 million, with higher fees from bond issuances, partially offset by lower loan syndication revenues.

 

  86   LOGO


Table of Contents

Sales and Trading Revenues.    Sales and trading revenues are composed of principal transactions trading revenues, commissions, asset management, distribution and administration fees and net interest revenues (expenses). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views principal trading, commissions, asset management, distribution and administration fees and net interest revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactions are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses.

See “Other Matters—Segments” and “Other Matters—Dividend Income” herein for further information.

Total sales and trading revenues increased 197% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the comparable period of 2009.

Sales and trading revenues by business were as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2010        2009(1)    
     (dollars in millions)  

Equity

   $ 1,419    $ 954   

Fixed income

     2,723      1,244   

Other(2)

     1      (804
               

Total sales and trading revenues

   $ 4,143    $ 1,394   
               

 

(1) All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2) Other sales and trading net revenues primarily include net gains (losses) from loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s Institutional Securities’ lending and other corporate activities.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading revenues increased 49% to $1,419 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from the comparable period of 2009. The increase was primarily due to negative revenue in the first quarter of the prior year related to the significant improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected positive revenue of $48 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected, compared with negative revenue of $555 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009, related to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads. The current quarter also reflected higher prime brokerage revenues, partially offset by lower net revenues from derivative products. Prime brokerage net revenues increased primarily due to higher average client balances. Results in the derivatives business reflected declining levels of market liquidity and volatility during the quarter.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, equity sales and trading revenues also reflected unrealized gains related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads compared with unrealized losses in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses in the prior year quarter related to the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized gains and losses were immaterial in both quarters and do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

Fixed Income.    Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 119% to $2,723 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $1,244 million in the prior year quarter. Interest rate, currency and credit product revenues in the first quarter of 2010 reflected strong results in credit products, particularly in investment grade and

 

LOGO   87  


Table of Contents

distressed debt trading and securitized products. Interest rate, currency and credit product net revenues in the first quarter of 2009 included losses of approximately $460 million resulting from exposure to certain Eastern European counterparties. Results in the first quarter of 2009 also included negative revenue of $1.0 billion from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Commodity net revenues decreased 52% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting reduced levels of volatility and client activity.

In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected net unrealized gains of $537 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads compared with unrealized losses of $552 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of $99 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of $341 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 related to the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized gains and losses on credit default spreads do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues discussed above, sales and trading revenues included other trading revenues, consisting primarily of certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, other sales and trading net revenues reflected net gains of $1 million compared with net losses of $804 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Results for the first quarter of 2010 included net losses of $15 million (losses on related hedges of $198 million, partially offset by mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $183 million) associated with loans and lending commitments. Results for the prior year quarter included net losses of $437 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized losses of $333 million and losses on related hedges of $104 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or if the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. Results in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 also included losses of $143 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to CIC’s investment in the Company, and writedowns of securities of $166 million in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks.

Principal Transactions—Investments.    Principal transactions net investment gains of $174 million were recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 as compared with net investment losses of $790 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The current quarter gains and the prior year quarter losses primarily related to principal investments in real estate and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Other.    Other revenues decreased 25% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the first quarter of 2009. The current quarter included higher net servicing fee income. The first quarter of 2009 primarily included gains from the Company’s repurchase of debt in the open market (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion), partially offset by an impairment charge on certain loans.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 59% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to higher compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 109% from the prior year period, primarily due to a higher level of net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 8% in the first quarter of 2010. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 21% in the first quarter of 2010, primarily due to lower leasing costs and lease exiting costs that were incurred in the first quarter of 2009. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees increased 40%, primarily due to increased trading activity. Marketing and business development expense increased 35%, primarily due to higher levels of business activity.

 

  88   LOGO


Table of Contents

GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2010        2009    
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

     

Investment banking

   $ 173    $ 61   

Principal transactions:

     

Trading

     342      246   

Investments

     6      (14

Commissions

     682      262   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     1,628      511   

Other

     83      46   
               

Total non-interest revenues

     2,914      1,112   
               

Interest income

     339      226   

Interest expense

     148      39   
               

Net interest

     191      187   
               

Net revenues

     3,105      1,299   
               

Compensation and benefits

     1,972      844   

Non-compensation expenses

     855      336   
               

Total non-interest expenses

     2,827      1,180   
               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     278      119   

Provision for income taxes

     64      46   
               

Income from continuing operations

     214      73   
               

Net income

     214      73   

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

     115      —     
               

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 99    $ 73   
               

On May 31, 2009, MSSB was formed (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K). The Company owns 51% of MSSB, which is consolidated. As a result, the operating results for MSSB are included in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment since May 31, 2009. Net income applicable to non-controlling interests of $115 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 primarily represents Citi’s interest in MSSB.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues increased $112 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the consolidation of operating revenues of MSSB.

Principal Transactions—Trading.    Principal transactions trading revenues increased 39% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenues of MSSB. The results in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 also reflected net gains associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Principal Transactions—Investments.    Principal transactions net investment gains were $6 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with net investment losses of $14 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The results in the first quarter of 2010 primarily reflected net gains associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with losses on such plans in the prior year period.

 

LOGO   89  


Table of Contents

Commissions.    Commission revenues increased 160% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, reflecting the consolidation of operating revenues of MSSB and higher client activity.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 219% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to consolidating the operating revenues of MSSB and fees associated with customer account balances in the bank deposit program. Beginning in June 2009, revenues in the bank deposit program are primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees prospectively. These revenues were previously reported in Interest income. This change is the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction.

Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $113.5 billion at March 31, 2010 from $46.8 billion at March 31, 2009, primarily due to MSSB, which include balances held at Citi’s depository institutions. Deposits held by certain of the Company’s FDIC-insured depository institutions were $55.5 billion of the $113.5 billion deposits at March 31, 2010.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $413 billion at March 31, 2010 and represented 26% of total client assets compared with 24% at March 31, 2009. Total client asset balances increased to $1,604 billion at March 31, 2010 from $525 billion at March 31, 2009, primarily due to MSSB. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million increased to $1,151 billion at March 31, 2010 from $337 billion at March 31, 2009.

Other.    Other revenues increased 80% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the prior period, primarily due to MSSB.

Net Interest.    Net interest revenues increased 2% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the consolidation of operating results of MSSB partially offset by the change in classification of the bank deposit program noted above and increased funding costs.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 140% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and included the consolidation of operating expenses of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets, and deal closing costs of $6 million and integration costs of $100 million for MSSB. Compensation and benefits expense increased 134% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting MSSB and higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 154%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 115%, primarily due to the operating expenses of MSSB. Information processing and communications expense increased 142%, professional services expense increased 107% and other expenses increased 360% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to the operating expenses of MSSB.

 

  90   LOGO


Table of Contents

ASSET MANAGEMENT

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2010         2009    
     (dollars in millions)  

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

   $ —        $ 1   

Principal transactions:

    

Trading

     (1     3   

Investments

     189        (346

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     414        369   

Other

     71        16   
                

Total non-interest revenues

     673        43   
                

Interest income

     6        7   

Interest expense

     26        28   
                

Net interest

     (20     (21
                

Net revenues

     653        22   
                

Compensation and benefits

     275        93   

Non-compensation expenses

     205        212   
                

Total non-interest expenses

     480        305   
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     173        (283

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     43        (33
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     130        (250
                

Discontinued operations:

    

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

     65        (276

Benefit from income taxes

     (30     (108
                

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

     95        (168
                

Net income (loss)

     225        (418

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

     116        —     
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 109      $ (418
                

Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders:

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 14      $ (250

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     95        (168
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 109      $ (418
                

 

LOGO   91  


Table of Contents

Statistical Data.

The results presented in the statistical tables below exclude the operations of Retail Asset Management, as those results are included in discontinued operations for all periods presented (see Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

Asset Management’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

     At
March 31,
   Average For the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2010    2009(1)    2010    2009(1)
     (dollars in billions)

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

           

Core asset management:

           

Equity

   $ 81    $ 57    $ 79    $ 59

Fixed income—long term

     56      51      55      52

Money market

     51      71      55      78

Alternatives(2)

     43      34      41      36
                           

Total core asset management

     231      213      230      225
                           

Merchant banking:

           

Private equity

     5      4      5      4

Infrastructure

     4      4      4      4

Real estate

     15      24      15      30
                           

Total merchant banking

     24      32      24      38
                           

Total assets under management or supervision

     255      245      254      263

Share of non-controlling interest assets(3)

     7      5      7      6
                           

Total

   $ 262    $ 250    $ 261    $ 269
                           

 

(1) Prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2) The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(3) Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.

 

  92   LOGO


Table of Contents

Activity in Asset Management’s assets under management or supervision during the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
       2010         2009(1)    
     (dollars in billions)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 266      $ 290   

Net flows by asset class:

    

Core asset management:

    

Equity

     (1     (2

Fixed income—long term

     2        (4

Money market

     (9     (9

Alternatives(2)

     —          (4
                

Total core asset management

     (8     (19
                

Merchant banking:

    

Real estate

     1        (1
                

Total merchant banking

     1        (1
                

Total net flows

     (7     (20

Net market appreciation/(depreciation)

     3        (19
                

Total net decrease

     (4     (39

Net decrease in share of non-controlling interest assets(3)

     —          (1
                

Balance at end of period

   $ 262      $ 250   
                

 

(1) Prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2) The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(3) Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.

Principal Transactions—Trading.    In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized losses of $1 million compared with gains of $3 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Trading results in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 included losses from hedges on certain investments. The results in the prior year quarter also included net gains of $43 million related to securities issued by SIVs, partially offset by losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt.

Principal Transactions—Investments.    The Company recorded principal transactions net investment gains of $189 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with losses of $346 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The results in the current quarter were primarily related to net investment gains associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, primarily due to valuation gains within certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The Company consolidated certain fund partnerships during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 after providing them with financial assistance and in light of the continued deterioration of equity in the funds. Additional fund partnerships were consolidated as of January 1, 2010 due to the adoption of new consolidation rules. Earnings of these funds related to the limited partnership interests not owned by the Company are reported in Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the condensed consolidated statements of income. The current quarter also included gains on private equity and alternatives investments. Losses in the quarter ended March 31, 2009 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, including real estate and private equity investments, and losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

 

LOGO   93  


Table of Contents

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 12% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The increase in the quarter primarily reflected higher fund management and administration fees due to an increase in average assets under management in equity and alternatives asset classes.

The Company’s increase in assets under management reflected market appreciation, partially offset by net customer outflows of $27.9 billion primarily in the Company’s money market funds.

Other.    Other revenues increased $55 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, reflecting higher revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners, a London-based investment manager, and Avenue Capital Group, a New York-based investment manager, in which the Company has non-controlling interests.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 57% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased $182 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The increase primarily reflected principal investment losses in the prior year quarter related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, compared with gains in the current quarter. Non-compensation expenses decreased 3% in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

 

  94   LOGO


Table of Contents

Accounting Developments.

Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives.

In March 2010, the FASB issued accounting guidance that changes the accounting for credit derivatives embedded in beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The new guidance will eliminate the scope exception for embedded credit derivatives, unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial instrument to another. Bifurcation and separate recognition may be required for certain beneficial interests that are currently not accounted for at fair value through earnings. This new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the third quarter of 2010. The Company does not expect the new accounting guidance to have any impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO   95  


Table of Contents

Other Matters.

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner.

The Company’s real estate investments are shown below. Such amounts exclude investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans:

 

     March 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
     (dollars in billions)

Consolidated interests(1)

   $ 0.5    $ 1.5

Real estate funds

     0.5      0.5

Infrastructure fund

     0.2      0.2
             

Total(2)

   $ 1.2    $ 2.2
             

 

(1) Condensed consolidated statement of financial condition amounts represent investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries, net of non-controlling interests. The decrease from December 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 was primarily due to the $932 million write-off in connection with the planned disposition of Revel (see Note 18 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
(2) The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investments of $1.3 billion at March 31, 2010 (see Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). One of the Company’s real estate funds is currently engaged in negotiations with its lenders regarding a potential restructuring of loans provided to a specific investment in the fund’s portfolio. These loans have been extended to allow negotiations to continue. In that context, the lenders may allege various claims that would imply that the fund is obliged to support this investment to an extent that would exceed the fund’s available liquid resources. In that event, the fund would assert substantial defenses to such claims. The Company is not obliged to provide any support to the fund. A consolidated subsidiary is the general partner of the fund but the loans and guarantees are non-recourse to any other entity or assets of the Company. While the Company cannot provide assurance that the fund’s negotiations will result in a restructuring, it does not currently believe that the resolution of the restructuring will require the Company to pay or contribute amounts in excess of the amount of guarantees included in the dollar amount set forth above at March 31, 2010.

See “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Real Estate Investments” herein for further information.

U.K. Tax

In April 2010, the U.K. government enacted legislation imposing a payroll tax on discretionary bonuses over a certain amount awarded to certain employees in the period from December 9, 2009 to April 5, 2010. The Company is still evaluating the impact of this legislation and will recognize a charge in Compensation and benefits expense in the second quarter of 2010 reflecting the amount that will be currently payable by the Company in August 2010.

For a further discussion regarding the regulatory outlook for the Company, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Outlook” in Part II, Item 7, included in the Form 10-K.

Japan Securities Joint Venture.

On May 1, 2010, the Company and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) closed the previously announced transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by its subsidiary Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company contributed the investment banking

 

  96   LOGO


Table of Contents

operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”), into MUMSS and contributed the sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan by MSJS into a second joint venture entity called Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MSMS” and, together with MUMSS, the “Joint Venture”). Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 26 billion yen from MUFG to the Company at closing of the transaction (subject to certain post-closing cash adjustments), the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS.

Segments.

Global Wealth Management Group and Institutional Securities.    

Effective January 1, 2010, certain transfer pricing arrangements between the Global Wealth Management Group business segment and the Institutional Securities business segment relating to Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s fixed income trading activities were modified to conform to agreements with Citi in connection with MSSB. In addition, with an effective date of January 1, 2010, the Global Wealth Management Group business segment sold approximately $3 billion of Auction Rate Securities to the Institutional Securities business segment at book value.

Institutional Securities.    The Company changed the allocation methodology for funding costs between equity and fixed income sales and trading to more accurately reflect business activity. Effective January 1, 2010, funding costs are allocated 35% to equity sales and trading and 65% to fixed income sales and trading. Prior to January 1, 2010, funding costs were allocated 20% and 80% to equity and fixed income sales and trading, respectively.

Effective January 1, 2010, Equity sales and trading revenues include Asset management, distribution and administrations fees as these fees relate to administrative services primarily provided to the Company’s prime brokerage clients and therefore, closely align to equity sales and trading revenues. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

Dividend Income.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the condensed consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Company’s conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

Securities Available for Sale.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company established a portfolio of debt securities in order to manage interest rate risk. The securities have been classified as “securities available for sale” in accordance with accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities and are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

 

LOGO   97  


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies.

The Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 in the Form 10-K), the following involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include but are not limited to:

 

   

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased;

 

   

Securities available for sale;

 

   

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

   

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

   

Certain Deposits;

 

   

Other secured financings; and

 

   

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and therefore require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, see Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities.    The Company’s Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $42.5 billion and $43.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and represented approximately 12% and 14% at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, of the assets measured at fair value (5% and 6% of total assets at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $16.2 billion and $15.4 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and represented approximately 8% and 9%, respectively, of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value.

Transfers In/Out of Level 3 During the Quarter Ended March 31, 2010.    The Company reclassified approximately $0.6 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily corporate loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in

 

  98   LOGO


Table of Contents

market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The Company reclassified the corporate loans as external prices and/or spread inputs became unobservable.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.    Certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Control Processes.    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control Group, Market Risk Department and Credit Risk Management Department participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

Consistent with market practice, the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (“margining”) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or each party to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information provides additional support of the Company’s recorded fair value for the relevant over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Company’s risk management practices, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill.    The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all of the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair values are generally determined

 

LOGO   99  


Table of Contents

utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

Intangible Assets.    Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for intangible asset impairments recorded during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset.

See Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for further information on goodwill and intangible assets.

Legal, Regulatory and Tax Contingencies.

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

Reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis and represent an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, prior experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of internal and external legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company

 

  100   LOGO


Table of Contents

regularly assesses the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and tax reserves are established as appropriate.

The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of tax audits in accordance with accounting for income taxes. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded reserves, if any.

See Notes 10 and 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.

Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.

The Company’s involvement with special purpose entities (“SPEs”) consists primarily of the following:

 

   

Transferring financial assets into SPEs;

 

   

Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles;

 

   

Holding one or more classes of securities issued by, or making loans to or investments in, SPEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets;

 

   

Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) securities issued by SPEs/variable interest entities (“VIE”), whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not;

 

   

Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs (whether or not sponsored by the Company);

 

   

Providing warehouse financing to collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations;

 

   

Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs;

 

   

Servicing assets held by SPEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements;

 

   

Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by SPEs; and

 

   

Structuring and/or investing in other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial instruments. The Company’s involvement with SPEs is discussed further in Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In most cases, these SPEs are deemed for accounting purposes to be VIEs. The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria as qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”) that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010 became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excluding entities subject to the Deferral, effective January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

 

LOGO   101  


Table of Contents

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

In addition, the Company serves as an investment advisor to unconsolidated money market and other funds.

See Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements for information on accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010 for transfers of financial assets.

 

  102   LOGO


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

The Company’s senior management establishes the liquidity and capital policies of the Company. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its condensed consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure.

The Balance Sheet.

The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s total assets increased to $819,719 million at March 31, 2010 from $771,462 million at December 31, 2009. The increase in total assets was primarily due to higher Financial instruments owned, Securities available for sale and Securities borrowed.

Within the sales and trading related assets and liabilities are transactions attributable to securities financing activities. At March 31, 2010, securities financing assets and liabilities were $385 billion and $344 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2009, securities financing assets and liabilities were $376 billion and $316 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, customer receivables/payables and related segregated customer cash. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 1 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned were $206 billion at March 31, 2010 and averaged $224 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed were $320 billion at March 31, 2010 and averaged $317 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated according to regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage clients. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets was $17 billion and $14 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

The Company uses the Tier 1 leverage ratio, risk based capital ratios (see “Regulatory Requirements” herein), Tier 1 common ratio and the balance sheet leverage ratio as indicators of capital adequacy when viewed in the context of the Company’s overall liquidity and capital policies. These ratios are commonly-used measures to assess capital adequacy and frequently referred to by investors.

 

LOGO   103  


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company’s total assets and leverage ratios at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and average balances during the three months ended March 31, 2010:

 

     Balance at     Average Balance(1)  
     March 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    For the Three
Months  Ended

March 31, 2010
 
     (dollars in millions, except ratio data)  

Total assets

   $ 819,719      $ 771,462      $ 835,794   
                        

Common equity

   $ 38,667      $ 37,091      $ 38,106   

Preferred equity

     9,597        9,597        9,597   
                        

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     48,264        46,688        47,703   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     10,554        10,594        10,587   
                        

Subtotal

     58,818        57,282        58,290   

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

     (7,570     (7,612     (7,592
                        

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   $ 51,248      $ 49,670      $ 50,698   
                        

Common equity

   $ 38,667      $ 37,091      $ 38,106   

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

     (7,570     (7,612     (7,592
                        

Tangible common equity(3)

   $ 31,097      $ 29,479      $ 30,514   
                        

Leverage ratio(4)

     16.0x        15.5x        16.5x   
                        

Tier 1 common ratio(5)

     8.3     8.2     N/M   
                        

 

N/M —Not meaningful.

(1) The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, the month-end balances are used.
(2) Goodwill and net intangible assets exclude mortgage servicing rights (net of disallowable mortgage servicing rights) of $157 million and $123 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and include only the Company’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.
(3) Tangible common equity equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.
(4) Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity. The increase in the leverage ratio was driven by the increase in assets.
(5) The Tier 1 common ratio equals Tier 1 common equity divided by RWAs. The Company defines Tier 1 common equity as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and qualifying restricted core capital elements, adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing assets associated with MSSB’s non-controlling interests (i.e., Citi’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangibles). The Company views its definition of the Tier 1 common equity as a useful measure for investors as it reflects the actual ownership structure and economics of the joint venture. This definition of Tier 1 common equity may evolve in the future as regulatory rules may be implemented based on a final proposal regarding non-controlling interest (also referred to as minority interest) as initially presented in December 2009 in the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Consultative Document Strengthening the resilience of the banking sector (“BCBS 164”). For a discussion of RWAs and Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Balance Sheet and Funding Activity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $8 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $1 billion. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) trading levels. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.7 years at March 31, 2010.

At March 31, 2010, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness was approximately $175 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries).

 

  104   LOGO


Table of Contents

Equity Capital Management Policies.

The Company’s senior management views equity capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated equity capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its equity capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total equity, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ equity.

At March 31, 2010, the Company’s equity capital (which includes shareholders’ equity and junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts) was $58,818 million, an increase of $1,536 million from December 31, 2009, primarily due to the increase in net income applicable to Morgan Stanley.

At March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program (see also “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in Part II, Item 2).

The Board determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In April 2010, the Company announced that its Board declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05 (see Note 19 to the condensed consolidated financial statements). The Company also announced that its Board declared a quarterly dividend of $250.00 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25); a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock and a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock.

Economic Capital.

The Company’s economic capital framework estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. The framework continued to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.

Economic capital is assigned to each business segment and sub-allocated to product lines. In principal, each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis (such as return on equity and shareholder value added).

Economic capital is based on regulatory capital plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 capital. For a further discussion of the Company’s Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein. The difference between the Company’s Tier 1 capital and aggregate economic capital requirements denotes the Company’s Parent capital position.

 

LOGO   105  


Table of Contents

The Company uses economic capital to allocate Tier 1 capital and common equity to its business segments. The following table presents the Company’s allocated average Tier 1 capital and average common equity for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and the quarter ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31, 2010
   Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009
     Average
Tier 1
Capital
   Average
Common
Equity
   Average
Tier 1
Capital
   Average
Common
Equity
     (dollars in billions)

Institutional Securities

   $ 24.3    $ 16.3    $ 24.8    $ 16.9

Global Wealth Management Group

     2.4      6.6      3.4      7.3

Asset Management

     3.2      2.4      3.0      2.0

Parent capital

     19.1      12.2      14.8      9.8
                           

Total from continuing operations

     49.0      37.5      46.0      36.0

Discontinued operations

     0.4      0.6      0.6      0.8
                           

Total

   $ 49.4    $ 38.1    $ 46.6    $ 36.8
                           

Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment decreased from the quarter ended December 31, 2009 driven by decreases in market risk exposures. Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment decreased from the quarter ended December 31, 2009 driven by re-evaluation of its operational risk exposure. Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to Asset Management increased from the quarter ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

The Company generally uses available Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs while maintaining adequate capital ratios. For a discussion of risk-based capital ratios, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market environments. Given the mix of the Company’s business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.

The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that the Company may be unable to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations without material franchise or business impact. The key objectives of the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to support the successful execution of the Company’s business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of stressed market conditions.

Liquidity Management Policies.

The principal elements of the Company’s liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) and liquidity reserves. Comprehensive financing guidelines (secured funding, long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification and staggered maturities) support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan.    The CFP is the Company’s primary liquidity risk management tool. The CFP models a potential, prolonged liquidity contraction over a one-year time period and sets forth a course of action to effectively manage a liquidity event. The CFP and liquidity risk exposures are evaluated on an ongoing basis and reported to the FRC, ALCO and other appropriate risk committees.

 

  106   LOGO


Table of Contents

The Company’s CFP model incorporates scenarios with a wide range of potential cash outflows during a range of liquidity stress events, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance; (ii) maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral; (iii) return of unsecured securities borrowed and any cash raised against these securities; (iv) additional collateral that would be required by counterparties in the event of a multi-notch long-term credit ratings downgrade; (v) higher haircuts on or lower availability of secured funding; (vi) client cash withdrawals; (vii) drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties; and (viii) discretionary unsecured debt buybacks.

The CFP is produced on a parent and major subsidiary level to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability at various legal entities. The CFP assumes that the parent company does not have access to cash that may be held at certain subsidiaries due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

Liquidity Reserves.    The Company seeks to maintain sufficient liquidity reserves that are sized to cover daily funding needs and meet strategic liquidity targets as outlined in the CFP. These liquidity reserves are held in the form of cash deposits and pools of central bank eligible unencumbered securities. The parent company liquidity reserve is managed globally and consists of overnight cash deposits and unencumbered U.S. and European government bonds, agencies and agency pass-throughs. The Company believes that diversifying the form in which its liquidity reserves (cash and securities) are maintained enhances its ability to quickly and efficiently source funding in a stressed environment. The Company’s funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.

For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the total Company liquidity reserve was $153 billion and averaged $155 billion. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the total parent liquidity reserve was $57 billion and averaged $65 billion.

Capital Covenants.

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

Funding Management Policies.

The Company’s funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.

Secured Financing.    A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with collateralized borrowings.

 

LOGO   107  


Table of Contents

The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured funding through appropriate use of collateralized borrowings. The Institutional Securities business segment emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is generally more subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. As part of this effort, the Institutional Securities business segment continually seeks to expand its global secured borrowing capacity.

In addition, the Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

The Company also has the ability to access liquidity from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”) against collateral through the Primary Credit Facility, which is available to provide daily access to funding for depository institutions. The Term Auction Facility was available to depository institutions and allowed for the borrowing of longer term funding on a regular basis at auction on pre-announced dates. The last auction for the Term Auction Facility was on March 8, 2010.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding for core inventories and illiquid assets. Securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate and deposits. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management and to hedge interest rate risk (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included in the Form 10-K).

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).    In October 2008, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, and the FDIC announced the TLGP. Based on the Final Rule adopted on November 21, 2008, the TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Company) between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $23.8 billion of senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP. There have been no issuances under the TLGP since March 31, 2009.

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings may consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

 

     At
March 31, 2010
   At
December 31, 2009
     (dollars in millions)

Commercial paper

   $ 823    $ 783

Other short-term borrowings

     2,500      1,595
             

Total

   $ 3,323    $ 2,378
             

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include bank deposit sweeps, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

 

  108   LOGO


Table of Contents

Deposits were as follows:

 

     At
March 31, 2010(1)
   At
December 31, 2009(1)
     (dollars in millions)

Savings and demand deposits

   $ 59,056    $ 57,114

Time deposits(2)

     4,870      5,101
             

Total

   $ 63,926    $ 62,215
             

 

(1) Total deposits insured by the FDIC at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $46 billion.
(2) Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).

On October 3, 2008, under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. This increased coverage lasts through December 31, 2013 and is in effect for the Company’s two U.S. depository institutions.

Pursuant to an FDIC interim rule in April 2010, the Company’s FDIC-insured subsidiaries have elected to opt out of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”) effective July 1, 2010. Thus, after June 30, 2010, funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, and certain Negotiable Order of Withdrawal and linked Money Market Deposit accounts will no longer be guaranteed in full under the TAGP, but will be insured up to $250,000 under the FDIC’s general deposit rules.

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding sources to generate liquidity, taking into consideration the results of the CFP requirements. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Financing transactions are generally structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company issued approximately $8 billion principal amount of unsecured debt, which included approximately $1 billion of non-U.S. dollar currency notes.

The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Maturities and debt repurchases during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 were approximately $10 billion in aggregate.

Long-term borrowings at March 31, 2010 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

 

     U.S. Dollar    Non-U.S.
Dollar
   At
March 31,
2010

Due in 2010

   $ 14,467    $ 2,821    $ 17,288

Due in 2011

     17,791      9,668      27,459

Due in 2012

     21,873      15,743      37,616

Due in 2013

     3,416      20,120      23,536

Due in 2014

     10,732      5,952      16,684

Thereafter

     45,753      20,867      66,620
                    

Total

   $ 114,032    $ 75,171    $ 189,203
                    

 

LOGO   109  


Table of Contents

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are dependent on the Company’s short-term and long-term credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s debt ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Factors that are important to the determination of the Company’s credit ratings include the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, business mix and perceived levels of government support.

The rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of uplift from perceived government support in the credit ratings of systemically important banks including the credit ratings of the Company. Proposed financial reform legislation in the U.S. may be seen as limiting the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises which may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. At the same time, the proposed legislation also has credit ratings positive features such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any rating agency actions is currently uncertain. The Company continues to closely monitor developments in the U.S. financial reform legislative process.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade. At March 31, 2010, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $1,610 million. A total of approximately $2,983 million in collateral or termination payments could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. A total of approximately $3,825 million in collateral or termination payments could be called in the event of a three-notch downgrade.

At April 30, 2010, the Company’s and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

 

    Company   Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
    Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook
  Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

  R-1 (middle)   A (high)   Negative      

Fitch Ratings

  F1   A   Stable   F1   A+   Stable

Moody’s Investors Service

  P-1   A2   Negative   P-1   A1   Negative

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

  a-1   A+   Negative      

Standard & Poor’s

  A-1   A   Negative   A-1   A+   Negative

 

  110   LOGO


Table of Contents

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending at March 31, 2010 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

     Years to Maturity    Total at
March 31,
2010
     Less
than 1
   1-3    3-5    Over 5   
     (dollars in millions)

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

   $ 853    $ 1    $ 1    $ 6    $ 861

Investment activities

     940      767      167      72      1,946

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)(2)

     10,558      27,321      3,938      163      41,980

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

     833      4,179      3,957      2,656      11,625

Secondary lending commitments(1)

     67      99      140      35      341

Commitments for secured lending transactions

     1,296      454      208      —        1,958

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

     75,289      101      —        —        75,390

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)

     906      —        —        —        906

Underwriting commitments

     500      —        —        —        500

Other commitments

     216      12      150      —        378
                                  

Total

   $ 91,458    $ 32,934    $ 8,561    $ 2,932    $ 135,885
                                  

 

(1) These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements).
(2) This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276 million at March 31, 2010, of which $268 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of one to three years.
(3) The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to March 31, 2010 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as of March 31, 2010, $75.3 billion of the $75.4 billion settled within three business days.

Regulatory Requirements.

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Fed. The Fed establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements (see “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1 of the Form 10-K). The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national banks and federal savings bank, respectively.

The Company calculates its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II Accord that requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of its U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The Company will be required to implement these Basel II standards as a result of becoming a financial holding company.

At March 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.1% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for

 

LOGO   111  


Table of Contents

regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter.

The following table reconciles the Company’s total shareholders’ equity to Tier 1 and Total Capital as defined by the regulations issued by the Fed and presents the Company’s consolidated capital ratios at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (dollars in millions):

 

     At
March 31,
2010
    At
December 31,
2009
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Allowable capital

    

Tier 1 capital:

    

Common shareholders’ equity

   $ 38,667      $ 37,091   

Qualifying preferred stock

     9,597        9,597   

Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities

     5,694        5,730   

Qualifying restricted core capital elements

     11,687        10,867   

Less: Goodwill

     (7,169     (7,162

Less: Non-servicing intangible assets

     (4,840     (4,931

Less: Net deferred tax assets

     (2,268     (3,242

Less: Debt valuation adjustment

     (587     (554

Other deductions

     (659     (726
                

Total Tier 1 capital

     50,122        46,670   
                

Tier 2 capital:

    

Other components of allowable capital:

    

Qualifying subordinated debt

     3,144        3,127   

Other qualifying amounts

     145        158   
                

Total Tier 2 capital

     3,289        3,285   
                

Total allowable capital

   $ 53,411      $ 49,955   
                

Total risk-weighted assets

   $ 331,913      $ 305,000   
                

Capital ratios

    

Total capital ratio

     16.1     16.4
                

Tier 1 capital ratio

     15.1     15.3
                

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     6.1     5.8
                

Total allowable capital is composed of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominately of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity and qualifying restricted core capital elements (including other junior subordinated debt issued to trusts and non-controlling interests) less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding allowable mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year) and DVA. DVA represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain of the Company’s borrowings (for which the fair value option was elected) that was attributable to changes in the Company’s own instrument-specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value, see Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Tier 2 capital consists principally of qualifying subordinated debt.

At March 31, 2010, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements of the Fed, which is consistent with guidelines described under Basel I. RWAs reflect both on and off-balance sheet

 

  112   LOGO


Table of Contents

risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.

Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A, of the Form 10-K. In the quarter ending March 31, 2010, the Fed completed its review of the Company’s market risk models for the calculation of market RWAs. The outcome of the review resulted in an increase in the Company’s calculation of market RWAs. Market RWAs incorporate two components: systematic risk and specific risk. Systematic and specific risk charges are computed using either the Company’s VaR model or Standardized Approach in accordance with regulatory requirements.

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, of the Form 10-K and in Item 3 herein. Credit RWAs are determined using Basel I regulatory capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations issued by the Fed.

 

LOGO   113  


Table of Contents
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Market Risk.

The Company uses Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) as one of a range of risk management tools. VaR values should be interpreted in light of the method’s strengths and limitations, which include, but are not limited to: historical changes in market risk factors may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions; VaR estimates represent a one-day measurement and do not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day; and VaR estimates may not fully incorporate the risk of more extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures. For a further discussion of the Company’s VaR methodology and its limitations, and the Company’s risk management policies and control structure, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.

The tables below present the following: the Company’s Aggregate, Trading, and Non-Trading quarter end, quarterly average, high, and low VaRs (see Table 1 below). The VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% vs. 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years vs. one year) of market data upon which it bases its simulations are also disclosed (see Table 2 below).

Aggregate VaR also incorporates certain non-trading risks, including (a) the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions, (b) public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company and (c) corporate loan exposures that are awaiting distribution to the market. Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the VaR results presented below. Aggregate VaR also excludes the credit spread risk generated by the Company’s funding liabilities and the interest rate risk associated with approximately $7.7 billion of certain funding liabilities primarily related to fixed and other non-trading assets as of both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $12 million and $11 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is also managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $7 million and $8 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

The counterparty portfolio, which reflects adjustments, net of hedges, relating to counterparty credit risk and other market risks, was reclassified from Non-Trading VaR into Trading VaR as of January 1, 2010. This reclassification reflects regulatory consideration surrounding the Company’s conversion to a financial holding company, and the trading book nature of the Company’s counterparty risk-hedging activities. Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR was not affected by this change; however this reclassification increased Trading VaR and decreased Non-Trading VaR. Table 1 shows the VaR results for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 reflecting these adjustments and restates the VaR results for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 to capture the counterparty portfolio in Trading VaR.

Since the VaR statistics reported below are estimates based on historical position and market data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

 

  114   LOGO


Table of Contents

Table 1 below presents 95%/one-day VaR for each of the Company’s primary market risk exposures and on an aggregate basis at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The average, high and low figures for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are also included.

 

Table 1: 95% Total VaR    95% One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended March 31, 2010
    95% One-Day VaR for the
Quarter Ended December 31, 2009
 

Primary Market Risk Category

   Period
End
    Average     High     Low     Period
End
    Average     High      Low  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate and credit spread

   $ 127      $ 127      $ 145      $ 115      $ 142      $ 136      $ 145       $ 121   

Equity price

     29        26        31        21        23        25        30         20   

Foreign exchange rate

     37        32        50        17        26        28        47         14   

Commodity price

     26        27        34        23        24        23        28         19   

Less Diversification benefit(1)

     (76     (69     (95     (48     (57     (60     (88      (43
                                                                 

Total Trading VaR

   $ 143      $ 143      $ 165      $ 128      $ 158      $ 152      $ 162       $ 131   
                                                                 

Total Non-Trading VaR

   $ 65      $ 62      $ 69      $ 57      $ 67      $ 72      $ 78       $ 66   
                                                                 

Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR

   $ 167      $ 169      $ 197      $ 151      $ 187      $ 187      $ 205       $ 160   
                                                                 

 

(1) Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four primary risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.

The Company’s average Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $143 million compared with $152 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in Trading VaR was driven primarily by decreased risk taking in interest rate and corporate credit risk, partially offset by increased position taking in foreign exchange and commodities.

The Company’s average Non-Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $62 million compared with $72 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in Non-Trading VaR was driven primarily by decreases in loan exposure in the Non-Trading account.

The Company’s average Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $169 million compared with $187 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in Total Trading and Non-Trading VaR was driven primarily by decreased risk taking in interest rate and corporate credit spread risk, partially offset by increased position taking in foreign exchange and commodities.

VaR Statistics under Varying Assumptions.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firm’s VaR model, in the statistical assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors, and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates for similar portfolios. The extreme market volatilities in the latter part of 2008 have had a significant impact on VaR in 2009. The impact varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated, and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevant when used as indicators of trends in risk taking rather than as a basis for inferring differences in risk taking across firms.

 

LOGO   115  


Table of Contents

Table 2 below presents the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years versus one year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations:

 

Table 2: 95% and 99% Average

Trading VaR with Four-Year / One-

Year Historical Time Series

   95% Average One-Day VaR
for the Quarter Ended
March 31, 2010
    99% Average One-Day VaR
for the Quarter Ended
March 31, 2010
 

Primary Market Risk Category

   Four-Year
Factor History
    One-Year
Factor History
    Four-Year
Factor History
    One-Year
Factor History
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate and credit spread

   $ 127      $ 129      $ 251      $ 207   

Equity price

     26        26        36        36   

Foreign exchange rate

     32        34        57        55   

Commodity price

     27        23        44        37   

Less Diversification benefit(1)

     (69     (64     (108     (110
                                

Total Trading VaR

   $ 143      $ 148      $ 280      $ 225   
                                

 

(1) Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

As shown in Table 1 above, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was $143 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The most frequently occurring value was between $130 million and $135 million, while for approximately 63% of trading days during the quarter, VaR ranged between $130 million and $145 million.

LOGO

 

  116   LOGO


Table of Contents

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenue is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenue. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, the Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

The Company did not incur daily trading losses in excess of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the quarter ended on March 31, 2010. Over the longer term, trading losses are expected to exceed VaR an average of three times per quarter at the 95% confidence level. The Company bases its VaR calculations on the long term (or unconditional) distribution with four years of observations, and therefore evaluates its risk from a longer term perspective. The Company is evaluating enhancements to the VaR model to make it more responsive to more recent market conditions, while maintaining a longer-term perspective.

The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 for the Company’s trading businesses (these figures include revenue from the counterparty portfolio and also include net interest and non-agency commissions but exclude certain non-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenue credited to the trading businesses). During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the Company experienced net trading losses on 4 days.

LOGO

 

LOGO   117  


Table of Contents

Credit Risk.

For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A of the Form 10-K.

Credit Exposure—Corporate Lending.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected clients. Such loans and lending commitments can generally be classified as either “relationship-driven” or “event-driven.”

“Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. The commitments associated with “relationship-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment. The borrowers of “relationship-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with “relationship-driven” transactions.

“Event-driven” loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. The commitments associated with these “event-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication process. The borrower’s ability to draw on the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. The borrowers of “event-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company risk manages its exposures in connection with “event-driven” transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.

The following table presents information about the Company’s corporate funded loans and lending commitments at March 31, 2010. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Fair value of corporate lending exposure represents the fair value of loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that were outstanding at March 31, 2010. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients at March 31, 2010 for both “relationship-driven” and “event-driven” lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and lending commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

At March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $5.7 billion and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $7.6 billion. At March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of lending commitments outstanding was $53.6 billion. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $22.3 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $67.0 billion at March 31, 2010.

 

  118   LOGO


Table of Contents

The table below shows the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments at March 31, 2010. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at March 31, 2010

 

    Years to Maturity   Total Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)
  Corporate
Lending
Exposure at
Fair Value(3)
  Corporate
Lending
Commitments(4)

Credit Rating(1)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
    (dollars in millions)

AAA

  $ 541   $ 220   $ —     $ —     $ 761   $ —     $ 761

AA

    3,036     4,860     277     —       8,173     198     7,975

A

    2,894     9,702     1,414     181     14,191     1,982     12,209

BBB

    4,996     16,502     2,928     160     24,586     3,551     21,035
                                         

Investment grade

    11,467     31,284     4,619     341     47,711     5,731     41,980
                                         

Non-investment grade

    1,630     6,017     5,893     5,714     19,254     7,629     11,625
                                         

Total

  $ 13,097   $ 37,301   $ 10,512   $ 6,055   $ 66,965   $ 13,360   $ 53,605
                                         

 

(1) Obligor credit ratings are determined by Credit Risk Management using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.
(2) Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments were zero.
(3) The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $13.0 billion of funded loans and $0.5 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2010. The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at amortized cost includes $850 million of funded loans recorded in Loans in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4) Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.

“Event-driven” Loans and Lending Commitments at March 31, 2010.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at March 31, 2010 is “event-driven” exposure of $7.3 billion composed of funded loans of $1.6 billion and lending commitments of $5.7 billion. Included in the $7.3 billion of “event-driven” exposure at March 31, 2010 were $5.7 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Activity associated with the corporate “event-driven” lending exposure during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 was as follows (dollars in millions):

 

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2009

   $ 5,621   

Closed commitments

     3,237   

Net reductions, primarily through distributions

     (1,568

Mark-to-market adjustments

     (6
        

“Event-driven” lending exposures at March 31, 2010

   $ 7,284   
        

 

LOGO   119  


Table of Contents

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.    The table below presents a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at March 31, 2010. Fair value is presented in the final column net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at March 31, 2010(1)

 

    Years to Maturity   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
    (dollars in millions)

AAA

  $ 534   $ 1,952   $ 3,287   $ 9,769   $ (6,753   $ 8,789   $ 8,443

AA

    5,635     6,953     7,101     16,481     (26,290     9,880     8,010

A

    9,111     8,809     7,102     25,507     (39,564     10,965     9,800

BBB

    3,404     3,990     2,347     7,501     (9,623     7,619     5,547

Non-investment grade

    2,488     3,067     1,710     4,516     (3,983     7,798     6,233
                                           

Total

  $ 21,172   $ 24,771   $ 21,547   $ 63,774   $ (86,213   $ 45,051   $ 38,033
                                           

 

(1) Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2) Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.
(3) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity at March 31, 2010, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at March 31, 2010

 

    Years to Maturity   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(1)
    Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral

Product Type

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
    (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

  $ 9,723   $ 17,605   $ 19,668   $ 61,947   $ (77,457   $ 31,486   $ 28,123

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

    3,801     752     177     45     (2,012     2,763     2,542

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

    1,864     985     389     698     (2,001     1,935     872

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

    5,784     5,429     1,313     1,084     (4,743     8,867     6,496
                                           

Total

  $ 21,172   $ 24,771   $ 21,547   $ 63,774   $ (86,213   $ 45,051   $ 38,033
                                           

 

(1) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

  120   LOGO


Table of Contents

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased at March 31, 2010(1)

 

     Years to Maturity    Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(2)
    Total

Product Type

   Less than 1    1-3    3-5    Over 5     
     (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

   $ 6,336    $ 10,591    $ 13,186    $ 34,395    $ (45,120   $ 19,388

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

     4,283      613      250      74      (1,958     3,262

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

     4,689      2,722      1,093      831      (6,032     3,303

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

     5,075      4,366      1,159      873      (5,328     6,145
                                          

Total

   $ 20,383    $ 18,292    $ 15,688    $ 36,173    $ (58,438   $ 32,098
                                          

 

(1) Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.
(2) Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

The Company’s derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:

 

     At March 31, 2010    At December 31, 2009

Product Type

   Assets    Liabilities    Assets    Liabilities
     (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

   $ 31,760    $ 19,603    $ 33,307    $ 20,911

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

     2,763      3,262      3,022      2,824

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

     3,958      6,930      3,619      7,371

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

     9,425      7,982      9,133      7,103
                           

Total

   $ 47,906    $ 37,777    $ 49,081    $ 38,209
                           

Each category of derivative products in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.

The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the condensed consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in Part I, Item 2, herein and Notes 1 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation and payment moratorium. Debt restructurings are also considered a credit event in some cases. In certain transactions referenced to a portfolio of referenced entities or asset-backed securities, deductibles and caps may limit the guarantor’s obligations.

 

LOGO   121  


Table of Contents

The Company trades in a variety of derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. The Company is an active market-maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market-maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. The Company also trades and takes credit risk in credit default swap form on a proprietary basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures.

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance, and other financial institutions and Monolines. Contracts with these counterparties do not include ratings-based termination events but do include counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. For further information on the Company’s exposure to Monolines, see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations— Monoline Insurers” herein. The master agreements with these Monoline counterparties are generally unsecured, and the few ratings-based triggers (if any) generally provide the Company the ability to terminate only upon significant downgrade. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate.

The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty at March 31, 2010. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting:

 

     At March 31, 2010
     Fair Values(1)    Notionals
     Receivable    Payable    Beneficiary    Guarantor
     (dollars in millions)

Banks and securities firms

   $ 105,920    $ 98,018    $ 2,098,133    $ 2,002,863

Insurance and other financial institutions

     14,217      9,007      199,635      262,375

Monolines

     4,839      —        22,816      —  

Non-financial entities

     178      38      2,239      2,358
                           

Total

   $ 125,154    $ 107,063    $ 2,322,823    $ 2,267,596
                           

 

(1) Amounts shown are presented before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. The Company’s credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 16% of receivable fair values and 11% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts.

Country Exposure.    At March 31, 2010, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 6% of the Company’s credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than 1% of the Company’s credit exposure.

The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries where the economic, legal and political systems are transitional and in the process of developing into more transparent and accountable systems that are consistent with advanced countries.

 

  122   LOGO


Table of Contents

The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country at March 31, 2010:

 

Country

   Corporate Lending
Exposure(1)
 

United States

   66

United Kingdom

   6   

Germany

   6   

Other

   22   
      

Total

   100
      

 

(1)    Credit exposure amounts are based on the domicile of the counterparty.

  

Country

   OTC Derivative
Products(1)(2)
 

United States

   33

Cayman Islands

   14   

United Kingdom

   8   

Italy

   8   

France

   4   

Germany

   3   

Jersey

   3   

Ireland

   2   

Canada

   2   

Other

   23   
      

Total

   100
      

 

(1) Credit exposure amounts are based on the domicile of the counterparty.
(2) Credit exposure amounts do not reflect the offsetting benefit of financial instruments that the Company utilizes to hedge credit exposure arising from OTC derivative products.

Industry Exposure.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.

The following table shows the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry at March 31, 2010:

 

Industry

   Corporate Lending
Exposure
 

Utilities-related

   14

Consumer-related entities

   9   

Financial institutions

   9   

Media-related entities

   8   

Energy-related entities

   7   

Telecommunications

   7   

General industrials

   7   

Technology-related industries

   6   

Healthcare-related entities

   6   

Chemical-related industries

   5   

Other

   22   
      

Total

   100
      

 

LOGO   123  


Table of Contents

Industry

   OTC Derivative
Products
 

Financial institutions

   38

Sovereign entities

   20   

Insurance

   11   

Utilities-related entities

   9   

Energy-related entities

   4   

Natural resources-related entities

   3   

Other

   15   
      

Total

   100
      

 

  124   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2010  
     Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest     Annualized
Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Financial instruments owned(1):

       

U.S

   $ 155,440    $ 975      2.5

Non-U.S

     102,951      168      0.7   

Securities available for sale:

       

U.S

     4,749      10      0.9   

Loans:

       

U.S

     6,818      65      3.9   

Non-U.S

     204      5      9.9   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S

     35,442      23      0.3   

Non-U.S

     19,924      18      0.4   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed:

       

U.S

     216,466      27      0.1   

Non-U.S

     101,001      123      0.5   

Other:

       

U.S

     28,065      334      4.8   

Non-U.S

     20,289      —        —     
                 

Total

     691,349    $ 1,748      1.0
             

Non-interest earning assets

     144,445     
           

Total assets

   $ 835,794     
           

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

       

U.S

   $ 1,677      3      0.7

Non-U.S

     744      —        —     

Deposits:

       

U.S

     63,358      172      1.1   

Non-U.S

     101      —        —     

Long-term debt:

       

U.S

     188,994      1,061      2.3   

Non-U.S

     4,317      3      0.3   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

       

U.S

     14,820      —        —     

Non-U.S

     64,986      —        —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned:

       

U.S

     150,018      146      0.4   

Non-U.S

     73,959      140      0.8   

Other:

       

U.S

     84,357      (120   (0.6

Non-U.S

     35,362      (38   (0.4
                 

Total

     682,693      1,367      0.8   
             

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     153,101     
           

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 835,794     
           

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 381      0.2
                 

 

LOGO   125  


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2009
 
     Average
Balance(2)
   Interest     Annualized
Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Financial instruments owned(1)

   $ 175,625    $ 1,289      3.0

Loans

     6,443      88      5.5   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     80,366      113      0.6   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed

     224,589      444      0.8   

Other

     36,735      311      3.4   
                 

Total

   $ 523,758    $ 2,245      1.7
             

Non-interest earning assets

     162,185     
           

Total assets

   $ 685,943     
           

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ 4,915    $ 37      3.1

Deposits

     55,503      150      1.1   

Long-term debt

     176,850      1,472      3.4   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1)

     53,144      —       —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned

     130,817      463      1.4   

Other

     118,046      187      0.6   
                 

Total

   $ 539,275    $ 2,309      1.7
             

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     146,668     
           

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 685,943     
           

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ (64   —   %  
                 

 

(1) Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction of Interest income.
(2) The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.

 

  126   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31, 2010  versus
Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
 
     Increase (decrease) due to change in:     Net change  
     Volume     Rate    
     (in millions)  

Interest earning assets

      

Financial instruments owned

   $ 607      $ (753   $ (146

Securities available for sale

     10        —          10   

Loans

     8        (26     (18

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     (35     (37     (72

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed

     184        (478     (294

Other

     98        (75     23   
                        

Change in interest income

   $ 872      $ (1,369   $ (497
                        

Interest bearing liabilities

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   $ (19   $ (15   $ (34

Deposits

     22        —          22   

Long-term debt

     137        (545     (408

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     330        (507     (177

Other

     2        (347     (345
                        

Change in interest expense

   $ 472      $ (1,414   $ (942
                        

Change in net interest income

   $ 400      $ 45      $ 445   
                        

 

LOGO   127  


Table of Contents

Part II—Other Information.

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

In addition to the matters described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Form 10-K”) and those described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how or if such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

The following developments have occurred with respect to certain matters previously reported in the Form 10-K:

Residential Mortgage-Related Matters.

On March 17, 2010, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York denied without prejudice the underwriter defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in the In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation matter and granted plaintiffs leave to file an amended complaint, which they filed on April 23, 2010.

Auction Rate Securities Matters.

On April 20, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors resolved to reject, in its entirety, the demand made upon it by letter from plaintiffs’ counsel in In re Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Auction Rate Securities Derivative Litigation and thereafter advised plaintiffs’ counsel of same.

Executive Compensation-Related Matter.

On April 16, 2010, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the shareholder derivative complaint in Security Police and Fire Professionals of America Retirement Fund v. Mack, et al.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

For a discussion of the risk factors affecting the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Form 10-K.

 

  128   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

   Total
Number
of
Shares
Purchased
   Average Price
Paid Per
Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs (C)
   Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares

that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

Month #1

(January 1, 2010—January 31, 2010)

           

Share Repurchase Program (A)

   —        —      —      $ 1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

   8,214,737    $ 29.79    —        —  

Month #2

(February 1, 2010—February 28, 2010)

           

Share Repurchase Program (A)

   —        —      —      $ 1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

   75,514    $ 27.72    —        —  

Month #3

(March 1, 2010—March 31, 2010)

           

Share Repurchase Program (A)

   —        —      —      $ 1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

   517,289    $ 29.16    —        —  

Total

           

Share Repurchase Program (A)

   —        —      —      $ 1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

   8,807,540    $ 29.74    —        —  

 

(A) On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.
(B) Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.
(C) Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate.

 

Item 6. Exhibits.

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Report on Page E-1.

 

LOGO   129  


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Registrant)

By:   /s/ RUTH PORAT
 

Ruth Porat

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

By:   /s/ PAUL C. WIRTH
 

Paul C. Wirth

Finance Director and Controller

Date: May 7, 2010

 

  130   LOGO


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

MORGAN STANLEY

Quarter Ended March 31, 2010

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.1    Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman.
10.2    Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment to agreement dated December 17, 2008 (filed hereto as a result of Mr. Gorman becoming a named executive officer pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K).
10.3    Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Kenneth M. deRegt, dated February 14, 2008 (filed hereto as a result of Mr. deRegt becoming a named executive officer pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K).
10.4    Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units.
10.5    Form of Award Certificate under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan.
10.6    Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units.
12       Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
15       Letter of awareness from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated May 7, 2010, concerning unaudited interim financial information.
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
32.2    Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
101     Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and (vi) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), tagged as blocks of text.*

 

* As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  E-1